Textbased test - Tiếng Anh lớp 10
Chào các bạn học sinh và quý thầy cô, hôm nay LogaVN gửi tới bạn đọc tài liệu "Textbased test - Tiếng Anh lớp 10". Hi vọng sẽ giúp ích cho các bạn học tập và giảng dạy.
MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 01
MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 02
GRADE 10 TOPIC 1. FAMILY LIFE
I. VOCABULARY:
01. benefit / ’b e nifit/ n Lơ ̣ i íc h
02. breadwinner /’bredwin әr/ n Tr u ̣ c ô ̣ t
03. chore /t ʃɔ:r/ n V ie ̣ c nh a ̀
04. contribute /k ә n’tribju:t/ v Đô ́ ng g ô ́ p
05. critical / ’kritikl/ a C h ỉ tr íc h , k h ô ́ tín h
06. enormous / i’n ɔ:m әs/ a Tô l ơ ́ n
07. enormous / i’n ɔ:m әs/ a Tô l ơ ́ n
08. laundry / ’l ɔndri/ n Đô ̀ g ia ̣ t / l a ̀
09. nurture / ’nз:t ʃ әr/ v N u ô i dư ơ ̃ ng
10. responsibility /risp ɔ ns i’b il it i/ n Tr a ́ c h nh ie ̣ m
11. grocery /’gr ә ʊ sәri/ n Th ư ̣ c ph a ̉ m
12. heavy lifting / ’h e v i ‘ l if t i ŋ/ ph Ma ng va ́ c n a ̣ ng
13. homemaker /h ә ʊmmeik әr/ n N g ư ơ ̀ i nô ̣ i tr ơ ̣
14. iron / ’a i әn/ v La ̀ q u a ̀ n a ́ ô
15. equally shared parenting /ikw әli ʃe әrd pe әr әnti ŋ / ( ph ) c h ia s e ̉ đ e ̀ u c ô ng v ie ̣ c nô ̣ i
t r ơ ̣ v a ̀ c h a m s ô ́ c c ô n c a ́ i
16. e xt e nde d f a mil y / i k ’st e ndid f æm ә l i/ ( n) g ia đình l ơ ́ n ( nhie ̀ u the ́ h e ̣ c h u ng sô ́ ng )
17. h ô u s e h ô l d f ina nce / ’h a ʊsh ә ʊ l d f a i’ n æ ns / ( n ) ta ̀ i c h ính, ti e ̀ n nô ng c u ̉ a g i a đình
18. f ina nc e b u r de n / f a i’n æ ns ‘ b з : dn/ ( n) g a ́ nh na ̣ ng ta ̀ i c h ính, ti e ̀ n b a ̣ c c u ̉ a g ia đì nh
19. l a y ( t h e ta b l e f ô r m e a l ) / l e i / ( v ) dô ̣ n b a ̀ n a n
20. nuc l e a r f a mil y / ’ nj u : k l i әr fæm ә l i/ ( n) g ia đình nh ô ̉ ( í t the ́ h e ̣ c h u ng sô ́ ng )
21. g e nde r c ô nv e r g e nce / ’d ʒend әr k ә n’ v з: d ʒ ә n s / ( n) c a ́ c g iơ ́ i tín h t r ơ ̉ n e n
c ô ́ nh ie ̀ u đie ̉ m c h u ng
II. PRONUNCIATION: The pure vowel of /i/ /i://e//æ/
III. GRAMMAR: 1. Verb Tenses 2. Present tenses
IV. PRACTICE TEST:
Unit 1. FAMILY LIFE
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
01. A. chore B. work C. more D. divorce
02. A. trashed B. talked C. reached D. loved
03. A. prepare B. help C. tennis D. tell
04. A. husband B. mum C. contribute D. vulnerable
05. A. cleaned B. shared C. called D. visited
06. A. skill B. split C. children D. finance
07. A. breadwinner B. clean C. each D. lead
08. A. balance B. challenge C. career D. happy
09. A. share B. alike C. tradition D. equal
10. A. generation B. grateful C. educate D. grandparents
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
1 1 . L in h ca n’t g ô ô u t w it h u s tô s e e a m ô v ie nô w b e ca u s e s h e ’ s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ m e a l .
A. preparing B. making C. arranging D. keeping
1 2 . I ’m r e s p ô ns ib l e f ô r cô ô k in g d in ne r a s m y m ô th e r u s u a l l y w ô r k s _ _ _ _ _ _ ___.
A. lately B. early C. later D. late
13. I usually_________ my younger sisters when my parents are away on business.
A. pick up B. take care of C. look for D. take charge of
14. Ms. Mai asked me how she could_________ household chores equally in her family. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 03
A. make B. divide C. give D. contribute
15. In my family, my father always takes charge of doing the_________ lifting.
A. strong B. hard C. heavy D. huge
16. My mother told me to do the_________ yesterday but I forgot about it since I had much homework
to finish. A. wash-up B. laundry C. childcare D. exercises
17. _________ the rubbish in the early morning is a part of my daily routine.
A. Taking out B. Coming out C. Pulling out D. Bringing out
18. My wife is going on her business next week so I have to_________ most of the chores around the
house. A. distribute B. hold C. take D. handle
19. Mr. Hoang found it difficult to be in charge of the household_________.
A. financial B. financially C. finances D. financier
20. _________ is a person who works at home and takes care of the house and family.
A. Breadwinner B. Homemaker C. Servant D. Houseman
21. When his wife gave birth to a baby boy, Mr. Nam became the sole_________.
A. housemaid B. housekeeper C. father D. breadwinner
22. My mother and I often go to the supermarket to shop for_________ at weekends.
A. cook B. groceries C. heavy lifting D. the chores
23. After eating dinner, I have to do the_________ and then do my homework every day.
A. washing-up B. wash-up C. washing-ups D. washings-up
24. Her husband is very kind. He always cares_________ her and never puts all of the
housework_________ her.
A. about/in B. for/in C. about/on D. with/on
25. To Hoa, her father is the greatest person in the world and he always sets a good_________ for her.
A. role B. behaviour C. example D. action
26. We take_________ in doing the washing-up, cleaning the floor and watering the flowers.
A. turn B. out C. around D. turns
27. Most people will receive_________ benefits when sharing the housework in their family.
A. enormously B. enormity C. enormous D. strong
28. Like his mother, Viet is a_________ child who can talk openly to anyone.
A. social B. sociable C. generous D. critical
29. After marriage, Mrs. Hoa always keeps good_________ with her mother-in-law.
A. association B. relation C. friendship D. relationship
30. In many countries, divorces_________ to rise because of long-standing conflicts.
A. tend B. have C. aim D. encourage
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
31. We always split the housework equally - my mom cooks, my dad cleans the house and I do the
washing-up. A. join B. break C. share D. pick up
32. Parents are recommended to collaborate with teachers in educating children.
A. part B. cooperate C. separate D. disagree
33. Newborn infants are more vulnerable to illness than others.
A. easily hurt B. strong C. safe D. hard to affect
3 4 . We ’r e s u r p r is e d t ô h e a r t h a t h is m u s ica l ta l e nt w a s nurtured by their loving parents when he
was a child. A. abandoned B. limited C. fostered D. restricted
35. In spite of poverty, we manage to raise our children properly.
A. give up B. go up C. make up D. bring up
36. She decided to find a job to earn money instead of just living at home and being a housekeeper.
A. lend B. make C. borrow D. raise
37. It is advisable that everyone in family shares the household duties.
A. views B. ideas C. jobs D. chores
38. In the 20th century, most of the traditional attitudes to remarriage are changing.
A. conventional B. contemporary C. latest D. new
39. After consideration, teaching is still a career worth pursuing as I prefer to become a teacher
like my mother and my father.
A. work B. unemployment C. occupation D. professor MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 04
40. The government needs to seek a solution to prevent domestic violence as soon as possible.
A. recreation B. remedy C. keyword D. technique
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
41. From my point of view, parental divorce can cause lasting negative consequences for children.
A. beginning of a marriage B. the situation of not marrying
C. single person D. ending of a marriage
42. It is important to create a daily routine so as to improve your work-life balance today.
A. a situation in which two or more things are not treated the same
B. a state that things are of equal weight or force
C. a state that things are of importance
D. a situation that things change frequently in amount
43. In my view, husbands should contribute to the household duties in order to reduce burden on
their wives. A. minimise B. lower C. decrease D. increase
44. We try to create an atmosphere of comfort and security for our children.
A. safety B. harmony C. danger D. shelter
45. My husband willingly helps me do the chores at weekends so that I can have more time to relax.
A. eagerly B. reluctantly C. agreeably D. readily
46. In my family, my mother always does the cooking and shopping, my father has responsibility
for mending things, especially electrical devices.
A. impairing B. fixing C. repairing D. curing
47. When having days off, he always helps his wife tidy up the house.
A. clear up B. sort out C. arrange D. mess up
48. His parents have been highly critical of his recent disobedience.
A. disapproving B. favourable C. crucial D. uncomplimentary
49. Ms. Lan taught her children to keep their rooms neat and tidy when they were four.
A. ordered and untidy B. messy and arranged
C. messy and dirty D. clean and undusted
50. Setting and clearing the table, making bed and taking out the trash are suitable chores for 8- to
10-years-old children.
A. inappropriate B. proper C. acceptable D. Reasonable
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
51. Hoang_________ his email four times a week in order not to miss anything important.
A. checks B. will check C. is checking D. check
52. Nowadays, people_________ social networks with more and more caution.
A. uses B. are using C. used D. use
53. At the moment, my sister_________ her homework, my brother_________ games.
A. is making/is playing B. is doing/is playing C. does/plays D. makes/is playing
5 4 . I t’s 7 . 0 0 p . m . nô w a nd w e _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ m e a l tô g e t h e r . We u s u a l l y _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ d in ne r a t t h a t t im e .
A. have/eat B. have/are eating C. are having/eat D. are having/are eating
55. I_________ a bike to school every day but today I_________ to school by bus because it was stolen
yesterday. A. rode/went B. ride/am going C. ride/go D. is riding/am going
56. That Hoa_________ in class affects other students around.
A. always talk B. is always talking C. always talks D. always talking
5 7 . H ô a ng a nd P h ô ng _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ f ô ô tb a l l a s th e y ’r e h a v in g cl a s s nô w .
A. d ô n’t p l a y B. are playing C . d ô e s n’t p l a y D. a r e n’t playing
58. Hoa usually_________ charge of doing the washing-up in her family.
A. takes B. is taking C. take D. will take
59. Our friends_________ for the fashion show now.
A. is preparing B. are preparing C. prepares D. prepare
60. All staff in this restaurant_________ an urgent meeting right now.
A. are attending B. is attending C. attends D. attend
61. After the physics lesson, the children know that water_________ at 100 degrees C. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 05
A. will boil B. is boiling C. boils D. boil
62. My mom_________ to the supermarket every Sunday for shopping.
A. goes B. go C. is going D. are going
63. Look! Minh_________ on stage. She looks so beautiful.
A. sings B. are singing C. is singing D. sang
64. Bich sometimes_________ chicken noodle soup for breakfast.
A. are having B. is having C. have D. has
65. Who_________ the guitar in that room, Hoa?
A. playing B. is playing C. play D. plays
66. Jenny often_________ jeans and T-shirt at school but she_________ a gorgeous dress today.
A. wears/is wearing B. is wearing/wears C. wear/is wearing D. wears/wears
67. First thing in the morning, I_________ a cup of milk tea.
A. has B. am having C. have D. will have
6 8 . M s . K im _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ v e r y w e l l w h e n s h e ’s u nd e r p r e s s u r e .
A. not work B. d ô n’t w ô r k C . is n’t w ô r k in g D. d ô e s n’t w ô r k
6 9 . I ’m s ô r r y , L a n i s b u s y nô w . S h e _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ h e r d ô cu m e nt ô n t h e s e cô nd f l ô ô r .
A. are checking B. check C. checks D. is checking
70. Hurry up, Linh. Other friends_________ for us.
A. are waiting B. waits C. wait D. is waiting
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
71. I look for Daniel. He is n’t in the company.
A B C D
72. Mommy, someone are calling me from unknown number. I w ô n’t answer it.
A B C D
73. My alarm rings a t 6 ô ’cl ô ck every morning. Therefore, I always went to school on time.
A B C D
74. What are you search for, Lan? You look so nervous.
A B C D
75. We ca n’t play golf. It rains outside.
A B C D
76. Bats usually sleep during the day and they play and eating at night.
A B C D
77. She suggests that a coffee is tasting good after a meal.
A B C D
78. I am not mind if you turn on the air-conditioner.
A B C D
79. Quiet, my baby sleeps. Dô n’t wake her up.
A B C D
80. Bach is funny right now. He keep telling me jokes.
A B C D
81. How much is she earn a month? - About 100 dollars.
A B C D
82. We will hold a party tomorrow. L e t’s decorate the room.
A B C D
83. The workshop is so interesting that we a r e n’t w a nt in g to leave now.
A B C D
8 4 . I ’m g ô in g tô take part in the night prom next week. It will be the annual event of my school.
A B C D
85. Is your friend come to pick you up? - No, he i s n’t.
A B C D
86. Some people enjoy watching blockbuster films but some people a r e n’t.
A B C D
87. Wh a t’s the matter with you? Why are you cry?
A B C D MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 06
88. Ms. Lien is so kind that she is donating thousands of pounds to charity twice yearly.
A B C D
89. He is n’t s p e a k in g English very well because he has been learning for 5 months.
A B C D
90. Ngoc is always very busy. She is practises violin regularly.
A B C D
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges.
9 1 . “ H ô w f a s h iô na b l e a p a ir ô f tr a in e r s y ô u h a v e ! ” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Do you want to know where I bought them? B. Thanks for your compliment.
C . I k nô w it ’s f a s h iô na b l e . D. Yes, of course.
9 2 . “ Wh a t ca n I d ô f ô r y ô u ?” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. No need to help. B. Thank you.
C . T h a nks , I ’m j u s t l ô ô k in g . D. Sorry for not buying anything.
9 3 . “ H ô w w a s th e g a m e s h ô w l a s t n ig h t?” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. It showed at 8 o'clock. B. Just talking about it.
C. I think it wasn't a good game. D. Great. I gained more knowledge about biology.
9 4 . “ Wh a t d id t h e m e e ti ng d is cu s s ? I d id n’t a tt e nd it b e ca u s e ô f tr a ff ic j a m . ” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A . I d id n’t, e it h e r . B. That was great. C. You missed the meeting. D. I ’m s ô r r y , I ca n’t.
9 5 . “ I 've ca l l e d m a ny ti m e s b u t t h e p l u m b e r h a s n’t cô m e y e t.” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Wait a minute, please. B . We d ô a p ô l ô g is e f ô r th is m a tt e r . We ’l l f ix it s ô ô n.
C. He's maybe busy now. D. The problem has been fixed already.
9 6 . “ Wô u l d y ô u l ike tô h a v e a p icn ic w it h u s ô n th e w e e k e nd ?” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Yes, I'd love to. B. You ’r e w e l cô m e . C. Of course not. D. I t’s m y p l e a s u r e .
9 7 . “ H a v e a g ô ô d d a y , P e te r ! ” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Thanks. The same to you. B . I t’s r e a l l y a g ô ô d d a y .
C. The weather is fine. D. Just a little bit cold.
9 8 . “ Wh ich ô ne w il l y ô u p u r c h a s e , y e l l ô w d r e s s ô r b l u e ô ne ?” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I don't like, either. B . T h e y ’r e s u it a b l e f ô r y ô u .
C . I t’s u p tô m y ch ô ice . D. I prefer the blue.
9 9 . “ Wh a t’s th e d e a d l in e ô f ô u r a s s ig nm e nt ?” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I am not sure. B. We have to submit it by Friday 12.
C. About 1 hour. D. We will write about the environment.
1 0 0 . “ Dô n’t tô u c h th e s u b j e cts ô n d is p l a y , Na m . ” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Ok, let me touch. B . T h a t’s r ig h t. C . S ô r r y , I d ô n’t kn ô w . D. I a g r e e w it h y ô u , it ’s a r u l e .
1 0 1 . " Wh y d ô y ô u l ike p ô p m u s ic?” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Pop music originated in the Western world. B. Because it is soft and beautiful.
C. Westlife is a pop band. D. Since the 1950s, pop has had some new elements.
1 0 2 . “ Wh a t’s y ô u r ne i g h b ô u r h ô ô d l ike ?” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I live in Ha Noi. B. Sounds good. I like living there.
C . I t’s g ô ô d . I l ô v e it . D. No, there is no hospital there.
1 0 3 . “ I t’s ne a r l y T e t h ô l id a y a l r e a d y . ” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___”
A. How time flies! B. Thanks a million. C . Dô n’t m a k e m e l a u g h ! D. Nô s u ch l u ck !
1 0 4 . “ Y ô u ca n b ô r r ô w m y b ô ô k . ” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. There's nothing to it! B. You can such that again! C. No way! D. Thanks tons.
1 0 5 . “ E x cu s e m e . C ô u l d y ô u te l l m e th e w a y tô C e nt r a l S ta ti ô n?” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Sure. Just go along this street. B. Oh no. This way will take us nowhere.
C. There is no way you can do it. D. That's it! Thanks for your instruction!
Part V. READING
Exercise 8. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
A recent study shows that an unequal share of household chores is still the norm in many
households, (106)________ the fact that many more women now have jobs. In a survey of 1,256 MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 07
people (107)________ between 18 and 65, men said they contributed an average of 37 per cent of the
total housework, while the women (108)________ their share to be nearly double that, at 70 per cent.
This ratio was not affected by (109)________ the woman was working or not.
When they were asked what they thought was a fair division of labour, women with jobs felt
that housework should (110)________ shared equally between male and female partners. Women
who did not work outside the home were satisfied to perform 80 per cent - the majority of
housework - if their husbands did the (111)________. Research has shown that if levels increase
beyond these percentages, women become unhappy and anxious, and feel they are (112)________.
After marriage, a woman is reported to increase her household workload (113)________ 14
hours per week, but for men (114)________ amount is just 90 minutes. So the division of labour
b e cô m e s u nb a l a nc e d , (1 1 5 )_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ th e m a n’s s h a r e in cr e a s e s m u ch l e s s th a n t h e w ô m a n’s . I t i s t h e inequality and (116)________ of respect, not the actual number of hours. which leads to (117)________
and depression. The research even (118)________ housework as thankless and unfulfilling.
106. A. in spite B. despite C. although D. even
107. A. aged B. aging C. age D. ages
108. A. guessed B. judged C. estimated D. valued
109. A. what B. whether C. which D. that
110. A. being B. been C. to be D. be
111. A. remaining B. remain C. remainder D. remained
112. A. essential B. slight C. worthy D. unimportant
113. A. by B. to C. at D. in
114. A. a B. an C. the D. some
115. A. as B. so C. but D. then
116. A. waste B. loss C. disadvantage D. death
117. A. anxiety B. anxious C. anxiously D. anxiousness
118. A. draws B. expresses C. reports D. describes
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer
to each of the questions.
Lorna : I m ig h t r e ti r e e a r l y . I d ô n’t knô w . I 'm 55 and my husband retired last year. He spends most
ô f h is ti m e in th e g a r d e n. I ’d r e a l l y l ike tô b e th e r e w it h h im th ô u g h I a m nô t q u it e fô nd ô f th e ta s k s . I'm definitely going to learn a new language. I hale going abroad and speaking English.
Cass : I ’m ô nl y 2 6 , s ô I ’m n ô t g ô in g t ô r e ti r e s ô ô n! I n fa ct I w a nt tô h a v e m ô r e ch a nce s tô e a r n ô u r living. Jamie and I are going to have a baby next year and we're really excited about that. We want
to have a big family and live in a big house. Then, when I retire my children and grandchildren will
all be able to stay.
Sue: Well, Roger and I don't agree about retiring. I love work and I don't want to retire! I know I
w ô n’t h a v e a nyth in g tô d ô .
Roger: I asked my boss at work recently and I might be able to retire next year. I might buy a house
in France and spend the time that my family deserved to have with me long before. I'd love to have
my first long-awaited visit to Paris with my wife one day.
Linda: I want to retire as soon as possible. I have three sons and now I d ô n’t e v e n h a v e ti m e tô p l a y with them. They will become mature v e r y s ô ô n a nd d ô n’t w a nt tô s p e nd q u a l it y ti m e w it h m e . I can't stand the thought.
119. The reason Lorna looks forward to her retirement is because__________.
A. her husband has already retired B. she likes doing gardening
C. she hates travelling abroad D. she likes to learn English
120. Which of the following is NOT true about Cass?
A. His baby is born the following year. B. He wants his family to live in a big house.
C. He wants to retire soon. D. He wants to earn more money.
121. Who does NOT want to retire shortly?
A. Linda B. Sue C. Roger D. Lorna
121. Roger__________. A. has spent enough time with his family already
B. will ask his boss for retirement next year
C. has never been to Paris before D. d ô e s n’t w a nt tô g ô t ô P a r is
1 2 2 . T h e w ô r d “ mature ” in th e p a s s a g e i s cl ô s e s t i n m e a ni ng tô _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 08
A. old B. grown-up C. childish D. young
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
Except for a few unfortunate individuals, no law in this world can go against the fact that for
most of us our family is an essential part of our lives. The moment you enter this cruel world, where
each man is for himself, there are some near and dear ones out there who will do anything to ensure
your happiness.
We are nothing more than a vulnerable and fragile object, without someone taking care of
us on our arrival in this world. Despite all the odds, your family will take care of your well-being,
and try their best to provide you the greatest comforts in the world. No one out there, except your
family must forgive the endless number of mistakes you may make in your life. Apart from teaching
you forgive and forget lessons, they-are always there for you, when you need them the most.
Family is the only place where children study a lot after school. In school, teachers teach
children about the subjects which will help them to find a good job in future. But at home, parents
teach children about good habits. They are not only the elements which help the children to shape
their personalities but they also prepare them a sustainable and bright future.
A good family makes a greater society. Father, mother, children have to work in order to
build a strong family. If any one of them fail, the whole family may collapse. The good name of the
whole family can be ruined by a single member of the family. In order to avoid that unhappy
scenario, every family member has to work hard and try their best. As a result, they will set good
examples for the whole society. Families impacts very much on society and societies create
countries.
124. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true?
A. Family is a vital part of your life. B. Not everyone has a family.
C. We will effortlessly be damaged without our family.
D. Some laws in the world may oppose the functions ot family.
125. In the writer's opinion, __________.
A. it is not the function of the family to make sure we are happy
B. your family will be with you regardless of difficulties
C. family creates some easily-spoilt creatures
D. people can be easily forgiven by people around
126. To children, family plays a role in__________.
A. teaching them academic subjects B. developing their personal traits
C. helping them to find a good job D. encouraging them to study a lot at school
127. The word "They" in the passage refers to__________.
A. children B. teachers C. good habits D. parents
I28. The word "ruined ” in th e p a s s a g e is cl ô s e s t in m e a ni ng tô _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. destroyed B. saved C. built D. constructed
129. According to the passage, which of the following is true about the relation between family and
society? A. When a family fails, the whole society falls down.
B. A family member will be unhappy to fry his best.
C. Hinnly members have responsibilities to set good examples.
D. Strong families build a wealthy society.
130. Which of the following is the best title for the passage?
A. Educational role of family B. The importance of family
C. family and society D. The birth of fragile object
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 11. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
131. The food price will change at the end of this month.
A. The food price will be the same until the end of this month.
B. The food price of this month will be equal to the one of next month.
C. There will be no same food price from now till next month.
D. There will be two different food prices next month. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 09
132. All the other schools in the city are more expensive than my school.
A. My school is one of the most expensive schools in the city.
B. There are some more expensive schools than mine in the city.
C. My school is the least expensive school in the city.
D. There are some cheaper schools than my school in the city.
133. Does anyone know what this sculpture is worth today?
A. Does anyone know if it is deserving to have this sculpture?
B. Does anyone know whether someone should own this sculpture today?
C. Does anyone know if today this sculpture is valuable or not?
D. Does anyone know how much this sculpture costs today?
1 3 4 . “ Stop treating me that way ! ” she cried out.
A. She warned me not to treat her that way. B. She urged me not to treat her that way.
C. She begged me not to treat her that way. D. She advised me not to treat her that way.
135. She can do it because she knows the system inside out.
A. She can do it because she is from inside the system.
B. She can do it because the system is sometimes in and sometimes out.
C. She can do it because she understands the system thoroughly.
D. The confidential system enables her to do because she knows it.
Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
136. I am the youngest son in the family. I didn’t have to do much housework.
A . B e in g th e y ô u ng e s t s ô n i n t h e f a m il y , I d id n’t h a v e tô d ô m u c h h ousework.
B. If I was the youngest son in the family, I wouldn ’t have done much housework.
C . A l th ô u g h I a m th e y ô u ng e s t s ô n i n t h e f a m il y , I w ô u l d n’t h a v e d ô ne m u c h h ô u s e w ô r k .
D. Despite I am the youngest son in the family, I did not have to do much housework.
137. We need to share the tasks. The burden on each member will be more tolerable.
A. Although the burden on each member will be tolerable, we still need to share the tasks.
B. We need to share the tasks so the burden on each member will be more tolerable.
C. Unless we share the tasks, the burden on each member will be more tolerable.
D. It is essential to share the tasks, otherwise, the burden member will be more tolerable.
138. Dan saw all the paintings. He left right after.
A. Dan left right after to see all the paintings.
B. Dan left all the paintings after seeing them.
C. Right after seeing all the paintings, Dan left.
D. He left and then saw the paintings right after.
139. I usually like red. I wore black to the party last night.
A. Because I usually like red, I wore black to the party last night.
B. Although I usually like red. I wore black to the party last night.
C. Unless I like red, I wore black to the party last night.
D. As a result of my interest in red, I wore black to the party last night.
140. He tried his best. He won the biggest prize.
A. If he had tried his best, he could have won the biggest prize.
B . U nl e s s h e tr ie d h is b e s t, h e cô u l d n’t w in t h e b ig g e s t p r iz e .
C. Although he tried his best, he still won the biggest prize.
D. I f h e h a d n’t t r ie d h is b e s t, h e cô u l d n’t h a v e w ô n t h e b ig g e s t p r iz e .
__________THE END___________
MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 010
TOPIC 2. yourself
I. VOCABULARY:
01. acupuncture /ækjup ŋt ʃ әr/ n C h a m c ư ́ u
02. ailment / ’e il m әnt/ n Be ̣ nh t a ̣ t
03. allergy /’æl әd ʒi/ n D ị ư ́ ng
04. boost /bu:st/ v Đa ̉ y nh a nh
05. cancer / ’k æns әr/ n Ung thư
06. circulatory /’s әkj әl әt әri/ n He ̣ tua ̀ n h ô a ̀ n
07. complicated / ’k ɔmplikeitid/ a P h ư ́ c ta ̣ p
08. compound / ’k ɔmpa ʊnd/ n Hơ ̣ p c h a ́ t
09. consume / kәn ’sju:m/ v Tie u thu ̣
10. digestive / da i’d ʒestiv/ a He ̣ tie u h ô ́ a
11. disease / di’z i: z/ n Be ̣ nh t a ̣ t
12. evidence / ’e v id әns/ n Ba ̀ ng c h ư ́ ng
13. frown /fr ә ʊn/ v C a u m a ̀ y
14. grain /grein/ n N g u ̃ c ô ́ c
15. heal /hi:l/ v Ha ̀ n g a ́ n
16. inspire /in ’spai әr/ v Gây c a ̉ m h ư ́ ng
17. intestine / in’t e s t in/ n R u ô ̣ t
18. lung /l ŋ/ n P h ô ̉ i
19. muscle / ’m sl/ n C ơ b a ́ p
20. nerve /nз:v/ n D a y tha ̀ n k inh
21. needle / ’ni: dl/ n Cây kim
22. oxygenate /’ ɔksid ʒ әneit/ v C a ́ p ô xy
23. poultry / pә ʊltri/ n Gia c a ̀ m
24. respiratory / r i’s pi r әtri/ a He ̣ h ô h a ́ p
II. PRONUNCIATION: The pure vowel of / ɔ/ / ɔ:/ / / / ɑ : /
III. GRAMMAR: 1. Verb Tenses 2. Past tenses
IV. PRACTICE TEST:
Unit 2. YOUR BODY AND YOU
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
01. A. allergy B. digest C. oxygen D. sugar
02. A. breath B. head C. health D. heart
03. A. among B. belong C. body D. strong
04. A. approach B. children C. chocolate D. stomach
05. A. intestine B. mind C. spine D. reliable
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
06. A. ailment B. disease C. poultry D. nervous
07. A. digestive B. intestine C. condition D. evidence
08. A. internal B. skeletal C. therapy D. willpower
09. A. alternative B. bacteria C. respiratory D. scientific
10. A. acupuncturist B. circulatory C. ineffectively D. vegetarian
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
11. The controller of the body is the_________ system. Led by the brain and nerves, it allows us to
move, talk and feel emotions.
A. circulatory B. digestive C. nervous D. respiratory
12. _________ system of the body lets us break down the food we eat and turn it into energy.
A. Circulatory B. Digestive C. Nervous D. Respiratory MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 011
13. Skeletal system of the body is made up of our_________. It supports our body and protects our organs.
A. bones B. museles C. nerves D. vessels
14. In under a minute, your_________ can pump blood to bring oxygen and nutrients to every cell in
your body.
A. brain B. heart C. lungs D. vessels
15. The human_________ system is a series of organs responsible for taking in oxygen and expelling
carbon dioxide.
A. circulatory B. digestive C. nervous D. respiratory
16. A healthy ____ between work and play ensures that everyone has a chance to enjoy their lives.
A. balance B. control C. equality D. share
17. He likes to_________ a nap for an hour when he arrives home from work.
A. do B. get C. make D. take
1 8 . I ’v e b e e n a ni g h t ô w l _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ u p l a te fô r y e a r s , h it ti ng th e s h e e ts a nytim e b e tw e e n 1 2 a nd 3 a . m .
A. finishing B. getting C. staying D. waking
1 9 . I t’s nô t tô ô l a te tô _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ y ô u r b a d h a b it s (s m ô k in g , d r in k in g , ô v e r e a ti ng , e tc . ) a nd im m e d ia te l y start living a happier, healthier life.
A. get rid B. give on C. kick D. remember
20. If people breathe in deeply, their_________ can expand to twice their normal size.
A. hearts B. kidneys C. lungs D. stomachs
21. Some foods and spices may_________ your breath for days after a meal.
A. damage B. harm C. reduce D. spoil
22. Fish, poultry, beans or nuts_________ half of their dinner plate.
A. make of B. make out C. make up D. make up of
2 3 . I t’s a nô th e r na m e f ô r th e b a ck b ô ne . I t i s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. brain B. leg C. pump D. spine
24. Ailments are caused by a/an_________ of yin and yang.
A. abnormal B. imbalance C. unequal D. unfairness
25. Yoga increases endurance, _________ and flexibility.
A. blood B. powerful C. strength D. strong
26. Food and drinks which strongly_________ the body can cause stress.
A. boost B. develop C. encourage D. stimulate
27. As per the stud y , h a nd fu l ô f nu ts d a il y ca n cu t p e ô p l e ’s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ô f cô r ô na r y h e a r t d is e a s e a nd cancer by nearly 22 per cent.
A. chance B. luck C. opportunity D. risk
28. Acupuncture modality relies on sophisticated skills to select appropriate accupoints to_________
needles accurately.
A. infuse B. inject C. insert D. install
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
29. Acupuncture originated in China and has been used as a traditional medicine for thousands of
years. A. began B. created C. developed D. introduced
30. There is no evidence at this time that acupuncture can treat cancer itself.
A. clue B. data C. proof D. sign
31. Acupuncture can treat from simple to complicated ailments.
A. acupoints B. diseases C. points D. treatments
32. Some people believe that acupuncture can be a cure of cancer.
A. allergy B. practice C. therapy D. treatment
33. Acupuncture can ease nausea and vomiting caused by chemotherapy.
A. increase B. prevent C. reduce D. spoil
34. Are there any alternatives that might provide better options for gay people?
A. choices B. decisions C. judgments D. votes
35. The old blood cells are broken down by the spleen and eliminated from the body.
A. cut out B. exhaled C. removed D. held
36. Humans will enjoy longer life expectancy when they are more conscious of what they eat and
do. A. aware of B. capable of C. responsible for D. suitable for MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 012
37. Together, all of these treatments are supposed to cleanse your body and stimulate your
immune system. A. encourage B. generate C. increase D. expand
38. The most common side effects with acupuncture are soreness, slight bleeding and discomfort.
A. direct B. indirect C. original D. unwanted
39. Consuming nuts can boost your heart health and lifespan.
A. Eating B. Ingesting C. Inhaling D. Swallowing
40. Doing exercise regularly helps prevent diseases like heart disease, stroke and type 2 diabetes.
A. avoid B. cure C. forbid D. reduce
41. Tomato juice contains a rich amount of fiber which helps in breaking down LDL or bad
cholesterol in the body.
A. compounds B. comprises C. produces D. Provides
42. The human body possesses an enormous, astonishing, and persistent capacity to heal itself.
A. cure B. generate C. Protect D. remove
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A. B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
43. The human respiratory system is a series of organs responsible for taking in oxygen and
expelling carbon dioxide.
A. breathing out B. dismissing C. exhaling D. inhaling
44. Turmeric can help in boosting immune system and fight off free radical attacks in the system.
A. destroying B. enhancing C. weakening D. stopping
45. Although there are unanswered questions, acupuncture appears to work.
A. be incorrect B. be ineffective C. be uncertain D. be unhelpful
46. Apart from being used as an ingredient in cooking, turmeric also promotes many health
benefits.
A. contributes to B. discourages C. stimulates D. weakens
47. Originally, there were 365 acupoints, but now this has increased to more than 2000 nowadays.
A. reduced B. stabled C. transferred D. turned into
48. Acupuncture is considered to be very safe when enough precautions are taken.
A. comfortable B. dangerous C. Sore D. unhealthy
49. Compound exercises can increase strength and size far effectively than isolation exercises.
A. Light B. Heavy C. Mixed D. Single
50. Care is also needed so that inner body parts (lungs, heart liver, etc.) are not touched by the needles.
A. external B. foreign C. superficial D. visible
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following
questions.
51. Listen! There's someone at the door. I_________ the door for you.
A. am going to open B. am opening C. open D. will open
5 2 . “ L ô ô k a t t h ô s e d a r k cl ô u d s ! “ - “ Y e s , it _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ in s ô m e m in u te s . ”
A. will rain B. is going to rain C. are going to rain D. is raining
5 3 . I t‘s v e r y h ô t. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ t h e w in d ô w . p l e a s e ?
A. Are you opening B. Are you going to open C. Will you open D. Wô n’t yô u ô p e n
54. Although I have taken some aspirin, the headache_________ away.
A . is n‘t g ô in g B . is n’t g ô in g t ô C. not go D. w ô n’t g ô
5 5 . O n S u n d a y a t 8 ô ‘cl ô ck I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ m y f r ie nd .
A. meet B. am going to meet C. will be meeting D. will meet
56. Wait! I_________ you to the station.
A. am driving B. drive C. is going to drive D. will drive
57. I_________ my sister in April as planned.
A. have seen B. will see C. am going to see D. see
58. Perhaps I_________ New York one day.
A. am visiting B. am going to visit C. visit D. will visit
59. What time_________ tomorrow?
A. are you going to leave B. do you leave C. will you leave D. would you leave MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 013
60. Who_________ the next World Cup?
A. is going to win B. is wining C. will win D. win
6l. He_________ to the theatre tonight. He has got a free ticket.
A. goes B. is going C. went D. will go
62. I_________ my parents at the weekend. I already bought a train ticket.
A. visit B. am going to visit C. visited D. will visit
6 3 . Dô n‘t t ô u ch t h a t d ô g . I t_ _ _ _ _ ____ you.
A. bites B. is biting C. is going to bite D. will bite
64. It_________ that half of your plate should consist of vegetables and fruit.
A. is suggested B. is suggesting C. suggesting D. suggests
65. Foods_________ into energy in the digestive system.
A. are broke down and converted B. are broken down and converted
C. break down and convert D. broken down and converted
66. Stephen William Hawking_________ on 8 January, 1942 in Oxford, England.
A. born B. has born C. is born D. was born
67. _________ by your father?
A. Did that book write B. Did that book written
C. Was that book writing D. Was that book written
68. Acupuncture is part of traditional Chinese medicine(TCM) and_________ in China for thousands
of years. A. has been used B. has using C. has used D. has been using
69. Mr. Snow_________ that course since 1985.
A . h a s n’t t a u g h t B . h a v e n’t t a u g h t C. have been taught D. taught
70. The acupuncturist decides which and how many needles will_________.
A. be use B. be used C. Use D. used
71. The teacher_________ the student for lying.
A. was punished B. is punished C. punished D. has been punished
72. As the patient could not walk he_________ home in a wheel chair.
A. has carried B. was carrying C. was carried D. has been carried
73. The injured_________ to the hospital in an ambulance.
A. have taken B. was taking C. were taken D. were taking
74. It_________ that the painting is a fake.
A. believed B. is believed C. is believing D. was believing
75. Most studies_________ that acupuncture does not reduce nausea and vomiting caused by radiation therapy.
A. are shown B. were shown C. have shown D. have been shown
76. Acupuncture may not_________ if you have low white blood cell counts or low platelet counts.
A. recommend B. recommended C. is recommended D. be recommended
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
77. Despite of its general safety, acupuncture is n’t for everyone.
A B C D
78. Look at the dark clouds. I ’m s u r e it will rain soon.
A B C D
79. Acupuncture is one of the oldest medical treatment in the world.
A B C D
80. Many accidents is caused by careless driving.
A B C D
81. She was gave a box full of chocolate.
A B C D
82. Measles are an infectious disease that causes fever and small red spots.
A B C D
83. Alternative therapies often dismiss by orthodox medicine because they are sometimes
administered by people with no formal medical training. A B C
D
84. The practice of acupuncture is rooted in the idea of promoting harmony among human and
the world around them. A B C D MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 014
85. Human infants born with about 270 bones, some of which fuse together as their body develops.
A B C D
86. More research is needed to find out if acupuncture is helped with other side effects such as pain,
anxiety or shortness of breath. A B C D
87. A man with advanced prostate cancer is believed to cured after doctors shocked his tumour to
death with huge amounts of testosterone. A B C D
88. Norovirus is a common stomach bug. It also called the Winter Vomiting Bug because it is more
prevalent in winter. A B C D
89. You can be put yourself at risk if you don't usually get many physical activities and then all of a
sudden do vigorous-intensity aerobic activity, like shovelling snow. A B C D
90. Although the research is not yet final, some findings suggest that your risk of endometrial cancer
and lung cancer may be lower if you get regular physical activity is compared to people who are not
active. A B C D
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 8. Mark the letter A. 8, C. or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following
exchanges.
91. Doctor : “ G ô ô d m ô r ni ng . Wh a t ca n I d ô f ô r y ô u ? Patient : “ G ô ô d m ô r ni ng . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I am fine. Thank you. B. I feel very bored.
C. I have got a bad cough. D. I want to know it, too.
92. "Do you know an apple a day can help you keep fit, build healthy bones and prevent disease
l ike ca nce r ?” - “ Wô w ! _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I would love to. B. It's a good idea. C. That's incredible. D. You must like apple.
93. Doctor : “ H ô w l ô n g h a s y ô u r h e a d a ch e b e e n g ô in g ô n?” Patient : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. After midnight. B. For a week. C. Last month. D. Three times a day.
94. Doctor : “ C a n 1 l is te n t ô y ô u r c h e s t?” Patient : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. All up to you. B. My pleasure. C. No, thanks. D. Of course
95. Patient: "Will I get better soon?"
Doctor : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ T a k e th e s e ta b l e t s a nd it s h ô u l d cl e a r u p in a f e w d a y s . ”
A . Dô n’t w ô r r y . B. I am sorry. C. No way. D. Not at all
96. Patient : " P l e a s e te l l m e h ô w s h a l l 1 ta k e th i s m e d ici ne ?” Doctor : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Take it home with you. B. Take it back to me.
C. Take it twice per day. D. Take as much as you can.
97. Patient : “ I s th e s u r g e r y a m a j ô r ô ne ?” Doctor : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Why not? B . I t’s O K . C. Yes, it is. D. I am not sure.
98. Patient : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” Doctor : " Y e s . B u t d ô n' t w ô r r y . Y ô u ’ l l b e g ive n p a in k il l e r s . ”
A. Will I get better soon? B. Will I be checked for temperature?
C. Will it be painful afterwards? D. Will there be any side effects?
99. Patient : “ H ô w m u ch s h a l l I p a y y ô u , d ô ctô r ? ” Doctor: “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Don't mention it. B . I t’s m y p l e a s u r e . C. £35. D. Take your time.
1 0 0 . “ H ô w a r e y ô u cô m i ng tô t h e d e nt is t t ô m ô r r ô w ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. At 8 o'clock. B. By bus or car. C. Just in time. D. Nearly 20 minutes.
1 0 1 . “ Dô y ô u th in k y ô u ' l l g e t b e tt e r ?” “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I know so. B. I think not. C. Well, I hope so. D. Y e s , th a t’s r ig h t.
1 0 2 . “ I d ô n' t t h in k w e s h ô u l d e x e r cis e l a te a t n ig h t.” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. So do I. B. I think so, too. C. Neither do I. D. I d ô n’t , neither.
1 0 3 . “ H a v e y ô u h a d a f l u s h ô t i n th e p a s t ye a r ?” - “ Nô , _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I am too scared to have one. B. I have one last years.
C. I will have one next year. D. not in the last few years.
104. Doctor : “ W h e n d id th e p a in s ta r t?’ Claire: “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. About 2 weeks ago. B. Every morning C. For a month D. From me
105. Doctor : “ H e r e is y ô u r m e d ica l ce r t ifica te ! ” Patient : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Thank you. B. What's a pity. C. Congratulation. D. Y ô u ’r e w e l c ô m e .
MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 015
Part V. READING
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
GOOD HEALTH
Most people would agree with the definition of good health as being a state (106)________ you
are free from sickness. (107)________ this, there are many different opinions about how a person can
actually have good health. People used to only think of their health (108)________ they were sick. But
these days more and more people are taking m e a s u r e s tô (1 0 9 ) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ s u r e th a t t h e y d ô n‘t g e t s i ck in (110)________ place.
One of the best things you can do for your body is exercise. But now (111)________ is enough?
Some people think that doing simple things (112)________ cleaning the house is helpful. Other people
do heavy exercise every day, (113)________ instance, running or swimming. One thing experts do
agree on is that (114)________ kind of exercise is good for you.
Along with exercise, having a healthy diet can help promote good health. Foods like
vegetables and fruit should (115)________ several times each day. It is also important to eat foods
h ig h in fib e r s u ch a s b e a ns , g r a in s , fr u it a nd v e g e ta b l e s . F ib e r h e l p s y ô u r b ô d y t ô ( 1 1 6 ) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ t h e food you eat. It also helps your body in (117)________ ways such as decreasing the chance of getting
some cancers, heart disease and diabetes.
106. A. how B. when C. where D. Which
107. A. Although B. Because C. Despite D. Due to
108. A. even if B. when C. whereas D. while
109. A. get B. make C. have D. take
1 1 0 . A . fir s t B. once C. one D. th e fir s t
111. A. far B. many C. more D. much
112. A. as B. like C. rather D. such
113. A by B. for C. in D. with
114. A. all B. any C. both D. some
115. A. eat B. eating C. been eaten D. be eaten
116. A. consume B. digest C. ump D. spoil
117. A. another B. each other C. other D. others
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
Did you know that on average we forget about 80% of the medical information a doctor might
give us? This fascinating information came to light as a result of a study carried out by Utrecht
University. What is even more interesting is that almost half of what we think we remember is wrong.
Wh y d ô y ô u th in k t h is is ? We l l , it ’s nô t a s complicated as you may think. You see, going to
the doctor fills most people with anxiety and when we are really nervous and stressed we are more
likely to focus on the diagnosis rather than the treatment. Therefore, we know what is wrong with
us but have no idea what to do about it.
Here are some good tips to keep in mind when seeing a doctor. Always write down any
important information. What would be even better is, if your doctor agreed, to record your
consultation. This way, you can replay the advice at home, where you are more likely to absorb it.
If you bel ie v e th e s it u a ti ô n is s e r iô u s ô r y ô u ’r e r e a l l y w ô r r ie d , s e e k th e h e l p ô f a fa m il y m e m b e r . Just ask them to accompany you to listen in. This way you can be absolutely sure about what the
doctor has told you and avoid falling into the same trap that most people do.
118. According to the passage, the information doctors give us________.
A. is about 50% wrong B. is only 80% correct
C. is mostly forgotten D. is usually not enough
1 1 9 . T h e w ô r d “ complicated ” in th e p a s s a g e is ô p p ô s it e in m e a ni ng t ô _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.
A. good B. quick C. short D. simple
120. The author says that when people consult a doctor, ________.
A. they always believe that their situation is serious
B. they are interested in knowing what they should do
C. they only want to know what is wrong with them
D. they usually have a family member with them MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 016
1 2 1 . T h e w ô r d “ absorb ” in th e p a s s a g e is cl ô s e s t i n m e a ni ng tô _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. digest B. inhale C. swallow D. take in
122. The author suggests recording the consultant in order to________.
A. play it to your family members to get their opinions
B. refer to it later to better understand your condition
C. replay it to write down any important information
D. use it as evidence against your doctor if necessary
Exercise 11. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer
to each of the questions.
M y f ir s t p ie ce ô f a d v ice tô p e ô p l e w h ô w a nt tô s ta r t g e tt in g f it is : d ô n’t b u y a n e x e r cis e b ik e . Typically, people who buy them use them for a week or so and then forget about them. They are
effective if they are used regularly but you need to be determined. Most people will find it much
easier to go for a gentle jog around the park.
As well as being easy to do, jogging is also relatively cheap compared to most other sports.
Y ô u d ô n’t ne e d tô b u y e x p e n s ive cl ô th e s if y ô u ’r e j u s t g ô in g r u nn in g a r ô u nd t h e p a r k ô r ô n th e b e a ch . T h e m a in th in g is th a t th e y ’r e cô m fô r ta b l e , a nd th a t th e y k e e p y ô u w a r m in th e w in te r a nd cool in the summer. There is one piece of equipment, however, that you will have to spend time and
m ô ne y ô n, a nd th a t’s y ô u r r u nn in g s h ô e s . Re m e m b e r th a t y ô u a r e nô t l ô ô k in g fô r a fa s h iô n it e m , but for something that will support your feet and protect you from injury. They can be expensive,
but if they are good quality they will last you a long time. It's always best to get expert advice, and
the best place for that is a sports shop.
As for the actual jogging, the secret is to start gently, and not to do too much at the beginning
– e s p e c ia l l y if y ô u h a v e n’ t h a d a n y e x e r c is e f ô r a l ô n g t i m e . T r y a m ixt u r e ô f w a l k i ng a n d r u nn in g f ô r ten minutes about three times a week at first. Once you are happy doing that you can then start to
increase the amount you do gradually. After a few months you should hope to be able to run at a
reasonable speed for twenty minutes three or four times a week. It's important that you feel
cô m f ô r ta b l e w it h w h a te v e r y ô u d ô . I f y ô u d ô , y ô u ’l l s ta r t t ô e nj ô y i t a n d w i l l p r ô b a b l y k e e p d ô i ng it . I f
it makes you feel u n c ô m f ô r ta b l e , y ô u ’ l l p r ô b a b l y s tô p a f te r a s h ô r t ti m e a nd r e tu r n t ô y ô u r b a d h a b it s . In any case, training too hard is not very effective. Research has shown that somebody who exercises
fô r t w ice a s l ô n g ô r t w i ce a s h a r d a s a n ô t h e r p e r s ô n d ô e s n’ t a u t ô m a ti cally become twice as fit.
123. Which of the following would serve as the best title for the passage?
A. Exercise bikes B. Gentle jogging C. Keeping fit D. Running shoes
124. What is true about the exercise bikes?
A. Exercise bikes do not help you get fit. B. It is more costly than most other sports.
C. Many people prefer it to gentle jogging. D. M ô s t p e ô p l e d ô n’t u s e it f ô r v e r y l ô n g .
125. The word "determined ” in th e p a s s a g e p r ô b a b l y m e a n s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. confident B. decisive C. flexible D. positive
126. According to the author, you should________.
A. go jogging around a park or on the beach
B. go to sports shop for high quality running shoes
C. keep warm at all times when you are jogging
D. spend time and money on fashionable items
127. The word "injury" in the passage is closest in meaning to________.
A. bleeding B. breaking C. shocking D. suffering
128. It is stated in the passage that________.
A. you are advised to start jogging by walking for ten minutes
B. you should expect to feel much uncomfortable when jogging
C. you should jog three days a week and walk on the other days
D. you won't necessarily be a lot fitter by running twice as fast
1 2 9 . T h e w ô r d “ gently" in the passage is opposite in meaning to________.
A. abruptly B. effectively C. rapidly D. smoothly
1 3 0 . T h e w ô r d “ that ” in th e p a s s a g e p r ô b a b l y r e fe r s tô _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. a mixture of walking and running B. about three times a week
C. actual jogging at first D. exercise for a long time
MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 017
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
131. This surprises me.
A. I am surprised by this. B. I was surprised by this.
C. I will be surprised by this. D. I would have been surprised by this.
132. They were interviewing her for the job.
A. She has been interviewed for the job. B. She was being interviewed for the job.
C. She was interviewed for the job. D. She was interviewing for the job.
133. They may forget the password.
A. The password may be forgot. B. The password may be forgotten.
C. The password may been forgot. D. The password may have been forgotten.
134. The students should have done the assignment.
A. The assignment should be done by the students.
B. The assignment should had been done by the students.
C. The assignment should have been did by the students.
D. The assignment should have been done by the students.
135. Everyone understands English.
A. English has been understood by everyone. B. English is understood by everyone.
C. English was being understood by everyone. D. English was understood by everyone.
136. The doctor told him not to talk during the meditation.
A. He has been told by the doctor not to talk during the meditation.
B. He was told by the doctor not to talk during the meditation.
C. He was being told by the doctor not to talk during the meditation.
D. He is told by the doctor not to talk during the meditation.
Exercise 13. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
137. We consume protein in meats and foods. We can stay concentrated and quick-minded.
A. Protein in meats and foods which is consumed helps us stay concentrated and quick-minded.
B. Protein in meats and foods which we consume helping us stay concentrated and quick-minded.
C. We consume protein in meats and foods help us stay concentrated and quick-minded.
D. We consume protein in meats and foods which helping us stay concentrated and quick-minded.
138. Everyone can do Pilates. It doesn’t matter if you are not fit.
A. You can do Pilates as a method to keep fit.
B. You can do Pilates no matter how fit you are.
C. You cannot do Pilates only when you are not fit.
D. Y ô u s h ô u l d d ô P il a te s b e ca u s e y ô u ’r e nô t fit .
139. You drink green tea from twice to three times per day. It will bring you visible results by days.
A. Despite you drink green tea from twice to three times per day, visible results will be
brought by days.
B. Due to you drink green tea from twice to three times per day, visible results will be bring
by days.
C. Even though you drink green tea from twice to three times per day, visible results will
bring by days.
D. Since you drink green tea from twice to three times per day, visible results will be brought
by days.
140. Fatty acid level is low. It causes a higher risk of memory loss.
A. Because of low fatty acid, a higher risk of memory loss is caused.
B. In spite of low fatty acid, a higher risk of memory loss is caused.
C. Since the low fatty acid, a higher risk of memory loss is caused.
D. The result low fatty acid, a higher risk of memory loss is caused.
__________THE END__________
MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 018
TOPIC 3. MUSIC
I. VOCABULARY:
01. air /e әr/ v P h a ́ t tha nh / h ình
02. audience /’ ɔ:di әns/ n Kh a ́ n/ thí nh g ia ̉
03. biography /bai ’ ɔgr әfi/ n Tie ̉ u sư ̉
04. clip /klip/ n Đô a ̣ n phim
05. composer /k ә m’p ә ʊz әr/ n N h a ̀ sô a ̣ n nha ̣ c
06. contest / ’k ɔntest/ n C u ô ̣ c thi
07. dangdut / ’dæŋdut/ n N h a ̣ c I ndô ne s ia
08. debut album / ’de ib j u : ‘ ælb әm/ n Ba ́ nh h a nb u r g e r
09. fan /fæn/ n N g ư ơ ̀ i h a m mô ̣
12. idol / ’a idl/ n Th a ̀ n t ư ơ ̣ ng
13. judge /d ʒ d ʒ/ n Ba n g ia ́ m k h a ̉ ô
14. phenomenon /f ә ’n ɔmin әn/ n Hie ̣ n t ư ơ ̣ ng
15. platinum / ’plætin әm/ n Đĩa h ô t
16. pop /p ɔp/ n N h a ̣ c pô p
17. post /p ә ʊst/ v Ta ̉ i l e n ma ̣ ng
18. process / ’pr ә ʊses/ n/v Q u i tr ình, xư ̉ l í
19. release / r i’l i: s / v C ô ng b ô ́
10. c e l e b r it y p a ne l / s i’l e b r it i ‘ p æ nl / ( n) b a n g ia ́ m k h a ̉ ô g ô ̀ m như ̃ ng ng ư ơ ̀ i nô ̉ i tie ́ ng
11. g l ô b a l sma s h h it / ’g l ә ʊbl smæ ʃ h it / ( ph ) tha ̀ nh c ô ng l ơ ́ n t r e n t h e ́ g iơ ́ i
II. PRONUNCIATION: The pure vowel of / ʊ / / u : / / ә / / з: /
III. GRAMMAR: 1. Verb Tenses 2. Future tenses 3. Full and Bare Infinitives
IV. PRACTICE TEST:
Unit 3. MUSIC
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
01. A. banned B. cleared C. kissed D. raised
02. A. recognised B. stringed C. conquered D. watched
03. A. liked B. backed C. encouraged D. reversed
04. A. enjoyed B. finished C. suffered D. agreed
05. A. performed B. released C. received D. adored
06. A. artists B. singers C. listeners D. drums
07. A. poets B. flutes C. organs D. instruments
08. A. melodies B. festivals C. guitars D. contests
09. A. clips B. recordings C. views D. manners
10. A. writers B. laughs C. loves D. awards
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
1 1 . We ’r e b e s t fr ie nd s a s w e have a_______ interest in music.
A. passion B. passionately C. passionless D. passionate
12. My teacher assigned us a writing task about_______ of our favorite singers.
A. biology B. biography C. biodiversity D. biochemist
13. We find out that beat box has_______ very popular recently.
A. came B. turned C. become D. became
14. Lina, the_______ album of the new music band in our city, will be uploaded on the website next
w e e k . I ’m l ô ô k in g f ô r w a r d tô l is te ni ng tô i t.
A. debut B. only C. best-selling D. individual
15. The_______ cheered loudly when the singers came out on the stage.
A. audience B. spectator C. public D. watcher MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 019
16. Our performance was_______ to be the best one in this competition last night.
A. cheered B. appeared C. judged D. seen
17. The local celebrities joined hands to_______ a fund-raising campaign for charity.
A. solve B. conserve C. come up D. launch
18. He practically_______ a comic style called stand-up comedy in which a comedian performs in front
of a live audience.
A. realised B. invented C. distributed D. thought
19. No longer did Pokémon Go become the widespread_______ in Viet Nam.
A. effect B. phenomenon C. invention D. news
20. That the young talented pianist won the Pulitzer Prizes has attracted_______ attention.
A. worldwide B. scientific C. undue D. careful
21. I like the cover_______ of these songs more than the originals.
A. songs B. lyrics C. rhythm D. versions
22. Vietnamese_______ music is extremely diverse, including Quan Ho, Dan Ca, Ca Tru, Chau Van and others.
A. country B. folk C. traditional D. gospel
23. After many weeks, his solo album_______ a profound influence on the youth all over the country.
A. remains B. maintains C. becomes D. persuades
24. They had a g l ô b a l _ _ _ _ _ _ _ h it w it h t h e ir a l b u m cô nce p t a b ô u t “ T h e d a r k s id e ô f th e M ô ô n ” .
A. top B. song C. smash D. popular
2 5 . I p a s s iô na te l y l ô v e th e s h ô w “ F a m il ia r F a ce s ” a nd th is is th e 4
th
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ I ’v e s e e n.
A. show B. chapter C. season D. episode
26. Th e “ M a r c h in g s ô ng ” w a s a d ô p te d a s th e na t iô na l _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ô f V ie t Na m in 1 9 4 5 .
A. anthem B. song C. flag D. identity
27. Chopin was considered to be one of the greatest Romantic piano_______ of the 19
th
century.
A. singers B. writers C. composers D. poets
28. This concert marks nine years since the death of Trinh Cong Son, a prominent_______ of modern
Vietnamese music.
A. comedian B. actor C. contributor D. figure
29. Our band needs to_______ our nerves to perform in this music competition.
A. control B. conquer C. calm D. lose
3 0 . T h e b e s t s in g e r _ _ _ _ _ _ _ w e nt tô A l a n Wa l k e r f ô r “ F a d e d ” .
A. rank B. prize C. reward D. award
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
31. Becoming a super star performing on stage was my burning desire when I was a teenager.
A. well-known painter B. famous singer C. good writer D. famous composer
32. We were surprised to know that over 150000 fans packed into the stadium to support
Vietnamese football team.
A. people B. admirers C. visitors D. watchers
3 3 . B u t f ô r y ô u r s u p p ô r t, ô u r b a nd cô u l d n’t h a v e won the Grand Music competition.
A. show B. quiz C. contest D. tour
34. If you want to become a well-known singer, you need to have a unique selling point, a way to
differentiate yourself from the crowd.
A. genius B. infamous C. renowned D. new
3 5 . H e ’s p l a nn in g tô release his new solo single album about New Year.
A. put out B. set free C. imprison D. come out
36. This game show has attracted many participants since it was aired in 2015.
A. breathed B. impacted C. introduced D. broadcasted
37. In the last quarter of this year, our entertainment company had a big success in signing a lot of
contracts with celebrities.
A. bargains B. agreements C. arrangements D. profits
3 8 . “ C in d y ” , w h ich originated in North California, is a popular American folk song.
A. came from B. finished C. made D. recognized
39. Mozart was a child prodigy that he composed music at the age of four.
A. dunce B. brain C. genius D. intelligence MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 020
4 0 . We ’r e s e e k in g f ô r th e talented musician to join our entertainment company.
A. good B. famous C. great D. gifted
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
4 1 . I t’s incredible that his new song leads the Billboard hot 100 chart only in 3 days.
A. beyond belief B. believable C. implausible D. unbelievable
42. She was given a prize for her achievement in classical and traditional music.
A. success B. feat C. failure D. accomplishment
43. To have chance to enter the final round, you have to eliminate lots of competitors.
A. retain B. remove C. restrict D. reject
44. It is undeniable that instrument innovations hit the right note in 2013 with the 3D-printed
guitar, the AT-200 guitar, the seaboard grand and the wheel harp.
A. growth B. modernnisation C. revolution D. stagnation
45. Hector Berlioz was one of the most prominent composers of the Romantic period.
A. classical B. unknown C. prolific D. modern
46. After a very short time, this kind of music becomes wildly popular among the youth.
A. appealing B. attractive C. unknown D. common
47. Luu Huu Phuoc is extremely well-known for his patriotic wartime songs.
A. fight time B. peacetime C. battle time D. tranquil time
48. The new star always appears with a lovely affected smile on her lips, but no one realizes it.
A. natural B. artificial C. dishonest D. charming
49. We absolutely adore his music because of sweet melodies and meaningful lyrics.
A. favour B. hate C. love D. prefer
50. She finds herself more confident after standing on stage many times.
A. independent B. assured C. brave D. fearful
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
51. Tom said that he could_________ me with this assignment.
A. helped B. helping C. to help D. help
52. John made me_________ a lot with his hilarious jokes.
A. laughing B. to laugh C. laugh D. laughed
5 3 . I ’d l ike _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ a l l ô f y ô u t ô e nj ô y m y p a r ty ô n this Friday.
A. to invite B. inviting C. invite D. not invite
54. We expect Linh_________ to the airport late as the plane will take off in 15 minutes.
A. to come B. not to come C. not coming D. coming
5 5 . I ’m h a p p y _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ th a t yô u ’v e p a s s e d y ô ur driving test. Congratulations!
A. not hearing B. hear C. hearing D. to hear
56. My mother said that she would rather_________ to Hoi An than Nha Trang.
A. to travel B. travelling C. not to travel D. travel
57. I allow my little daughter_________ with her friends in the flower garden.
A. not to play B. to play C. playing D. play
5 8 . Y ô u ’d b e tt e r _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ô u t w it h y ô u r f r ie nd s a s it is v e r y d a ng e r ô u s in th e e v e ni ng .
A. went B. go C. going D. to go
59. My parents let my sister_________ camping with her friends in the mountain.
A. not go B. going C. go D. to go
6 0 . We in te nd _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ h im t h e tr u t h f ô r f e a r th a t h e ’l l f l y in t ô a f it ô f m a d ne s s .
A. to tell B. telling C. not tell D. not to tell
61. My family really loves Japanese food, _________ we order it twice a week.
A. yet B. so C. but D. nor
6 2 . T h e s e g a m e s a r e ch a l l e ng in g , _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ it ’s nô t e a s y tô s p e nd l it tl e ti m e p l a y in g t h e m .
A. so B. and C. for D. or
63. Smoking is extremely detrimental to health, _________ many people continue to smoke anyway.
A. nor B. so C. yet D. then
64. We were lost in the forest, _________ luckily my friend had a map in his backpack. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 021
A. and B. so C. for D. but
65. Would you like a cup of milk tea_________ a cup of hot chocolate after dinner?
A. and B. or C. yet D. so
66. Minh had his teeth decayed, ____ he refused to see the dentist.
A. and B. so C. or D. but
67. Anna thinks she ought to go to the university, _________ she wants to get qualifications for her
dream job. A. and B. yet C. for D. so
68. He invested a lot of money in this business, _________ it went bankrupt in a very short time.
A. but B. and C. for D. nor
6 9 . T h e s tu d e nt s d id n’t r e v is e fô r t h e ir e x a m s , _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ d id th e y r e a l is e h ô w i m portant the exams
were. A. nor B. but C. so D. for
70. Peter wonders he should stay home and watch TV, _________ he should go out and have dinner
with his friends. A. so B. or C. and D. nor
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
71. Sue plans study abroad next year according to h e r p a r e nt ’s advice.
A B C D
72. Don't forget calling me as soon as you arrive here.
A B C D
73. Lan should seriously consider to become a s in g e r . S h e ’s a great talent.
A B C D
74. The teacher d ô e s n’t l e t her students not use their mobile phones in class.
A B C D
75. We hope having a chance to study together at the same university in the future.
A B C D
76. This story with tragic ending made me crying.
A B C D
77. After a two-hour discussion, we decided to expanding the car market in America.
A B C D
78. Everyone in this company would like to promoted to a higher position.
A B C D
7 9 . Y ô u ’d b e tt e r spend too much money on shopping or you w ô n’t have any left.
A B C D
80. I used to learn fixing electrical devices around my house when I was at high school.
A B C D
81. The doctors looked at the test result, but they decided to operate on the patient.
A B C D
82. Hoa flew to Paris to visit her grandma, so to see Eiffel Tower.
A B C D
83. Lan studied hard for the final test, but she passed with flying colours.
A B C D
8 4 . S h e ’s counting her calories, so she really wants to eat dessert after meals
A B C D
85. There was no food in the fridge, nor t h e y d id n’t have money to go to the market.
A B C D
86. Dogs are loyal pets, for they will never make you feeling betrayed.
A B C D
87. We went to the Korean restaurant, so we found out it was closed early.
A B C D
88. Dô n’t forget your passport, and y ô u ’l l h a v e tr ô u b l e checking in.
A B C D
89. We also have to do our assignment, and w e ’l l be punished.
A B C D
90. John picked me up at my house, but we went out for a walk.
A B C D MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 022
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A. B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges.
9 1 . “ Wh e n w il l th e cô nfe r e nce f in is h ?” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. No, it won't. B. Maybe 10:00 a.m.
C. It finished at 9:30 a.m. D. Y e s , it ’s v e r y in te r e s ti ng .
9 2 . “ Wh a t w a s y ô u r m a j ô r a t u ni v e r s it y ?” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Economics. B. University of Cambridge.
C . I t’s u p tô m y d e cis iô n. D. I'll choose Physics.
9 3 . “ P a r d ô n m e , w h e r e ca n I f in d th e r e s t - r ô ô m ? ” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I want to find the restroom. B. Here you are.
C. It has only one. D. One flight up, to the left of the shoe department.
9 4 . “ E x cu s e m e , I w ô u l d l ike tô b ô ô k tw ô d ô u b l e r ô ô m s . ” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. You need to fill out this application form. B. Thank you for booking.
C. Sorry, we only have one double room left. D. The rooms have been cleaned already.
9 5 . “ T h a nk y ô u f ô r y ô u r b ir t h d a y g ift, I r e a l l y l ik e it . ” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A . I ’m h a p p y y ô u l ike it . B . O f cô u r s e , it 's v a l u a b l e . C . Nô t a t a l l . D. I t’s ni ce ô f y ô u .
9 6 . “ M y p r in t m a ch in e 's r u n ô u t ô f p a p e r . ’ - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. You used too much. B. Wait a minute.
C. I ’l l g ive y ô u a b ô tt l e ô f in k . D. I ’l l g ô a nd g e t s ô m e f r ô m th e ô ff ice s u p p l y s tô r e .
9 7 . “ Wh y d ô n’t yô u g ô s h ô p p in g w it h m e th is S u nd a y ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A . O K . I ’l l ca l l y ô u s ô ô n. B. It's none of your business.
C. Sorry, I have to work overtime. D. Not bad.
9 8 . " Y ô u 've a l r e a d y f in is h e d th e p r ô j e ct, h a v e n’t yô u ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Yes, this projeet is mine. B. Sorry, but I need more time.
C. I'll arrive here in 5 minutes. D. We've been given a new project.
9 9 . " Wh a t a l ô v e l y ca t yô u h a v e ! ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. That's a nice cat. B. Thanks. My mom gave it to me last week.
C. Thanks, it's my pet. D. I t’s v e r y na u g h ty.
1 0 0 . " H ô w f r e q u e nt l y d ô y ô u g ô tô t h e s u p e r m a r k e t?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. At least once a week. B. Yes, it's important to do it every day.
C. I want to buy some fruits. D. It takes me 5 minutes.
1 0 1 . " Wh a t a r e y ô u a r g u in g a b ô u t?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Nothing. B . We l l , I th in k s h e ’s r ig h t. C . T h a t d ô e s n' t m a tt e r . D. Yes, we are.
102. "Hi, you look happy. What's going ô n?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Well, I loved running. B. I have passed the exam.
C. Take yourself at home. D. Oh yes, I enjoyed it very much.
1 0 3 . “ H ô w h a v e y ô u b e e n?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Take care. Bye bye. B. Well, talk to you later.
C. Nice talking to you. D. Pretty good. Thanks.
1 0 4 . " Wô u l d y ô u m in d t u r ni ng d ô w n t h e T V p l e a s e ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Sure. Here you are. B . S ô r r y . I d id n’t knô w I w a s d is tu r b in g y ô u .
C. What! You must be kidding! D. Nô , I d ô n’t l ike it v e r y m u ch.
105. "Do you l ike p l a y in g f ô ô tb a l l ? ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. That's interesting. B . H e ’s O K . C. Yes, I love it. D. Y e s , I ’d l ô v e tô .
Part V. READING
Exercise 8. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Rô ck b e g a n in th e U S A in t h e e a r l y 1 9 5 0 s . A t t h a t ti m e 'r h y th m a nd b l u e s ’ m u s ic w a s v e r y (1 0 6 )_ _ _ _ _ _ _ w i th b l a ck A m e r ica ns . ‘R& B ’ w a s a m ixtu r e (1 0 7 )_ _ _ _ _ _ _ b l a ck r e l ig i ô u s m u s ic a nd j a z z . It had strong rhythms that you could dance to and simple, fast music.
(108)_______ the success of R&B music, white musicians started to copy the same style. By
the mid- 1 9 5 0 s , (1 0 9 ) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ne w w h i l e R& B m u s ic, ca l l e d 'r ô ck ‘n’ r ô l l ’ h a d b e cô m e v e r y p ô p u l a r . Singers like Elvis Presley and Bill Haley (110)_______ millions of teenage fans. Their music was fast
a nd l ô u d . M a ny ô l d e r p e ô p l e th ô u g h t t h a t r ô ck ‘n’ r ô l l w a s v e r y (1 1 1 )_ _ _ _ _ _ _ . MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 023
B y th e e a r l y 1 9 6 0 s , e v e n r ô ck ‘n’ r ô l l h a d b e cô m e ô l d -fashioned. Many of the songs had
begun to sound the (112)_______. It was at that time that a new group from England became popular:
The Beatles.
The Beatles first started (113)_______ singing American style songs, but they soon developed
their own style, with more (114)_______ melodies. They also introduced different instruments,
(115)_______ as the Indian sitar. Groups like The Beatles had a very important influence (116)_______
th e s t y l e ô f p ô p u l a r m u s i c. B y t h e (1 1 7 ) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 9 7 0 s , r ô ck ‘ n’ r ô l l h a d d e v e l ô p e d i nt ô a ne w fô r m ô f
music. Electronics had (11 8 ) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ t h e a m p l ifie d g u i ta r s a n d d r u m s ô f r ô ck ‘n ’ r ô l l . R ô ck h a d a r r iv e d .
106. A. accepted B. popular C. common D. famous
107. A. to B. with C. of D. by
108. A. Noticing B. Detecting C. Warning D. Perceiving
109. A. those B. its C. their D. this
110. A. attached B. attacked C. attracted D. attained
111. A. dangerous B. endangered C. dangerously D. in danger
112. A. equal B. same C. corresponding D. twin
113. A. to B. at C. with D. by
114. A. complicated B. complicate C. complicating D. complication
115. A. same B. such C. like D. so
116. A. in B. for C. to D. on
117. A. early B. opening C. first D. advance
118. A. switched B. returned C. replaced D. changed
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer
to each of the questions.
Wô l fg a ng A m a d e u s M ô z a r t’s w a s th e ô n l y -surviving son of Leopold and Maria Pertl Mozart.
Leopold was a successful composer, violinist, and assistant concert master at the Salzburg court.
Wolfgang's mother, a constantly ill housewife, was born to a middle class family of local community
l e a d e r s . H is ô nl y s is te r w a s M a r ia A nn a . Wit h th e ir fa th e r ’s e ncô u r a g e m e nt a nd g u id a nce , th e y b ô th were introduced to music at an early age. Leopold started Anna on keyboard when she was seven,
as three-year old Wolfgang looked on. Mimicking her playing, Wolfgang quickly began to show a
strong understanding of chords, tonality, and tempo. Soon, he too was being tutored by his father.
Leopold was a devoted and task-oriented teacher to both his children. He made the lessons
fun, but also insisted on a strong work ethic and perfection. Fortunately, both children excelled well
in these areas. Recognising their special talents, Leopold devoted much of his time to their
education in music as well as other subjects. Wolfgang soon showed signs of excelling beyond his
father's teachings with an early composition at age five and demonstrating outstanding ability on
harpsichord and the violin. He would soon go on to play the piano, organ and viola.
119. Which of the following is true about Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart?
A. He was the only child in his family.
B. His father played many roles in music community in Salzburg.
C. He started to expose himself to music at the age of seven.
D. His mother was a local community leader.
120. When looking Anna playing piano, Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart________.
A. composed music B. imitated her C. introduced music to her D. played violin
1 2 1 . T h e w ô r d “ devoted" in the passage is closest in meaning to________.
A. inconstant B. strict C. committed D. only
1 2 2 . M ô z a r t’s f a th e r _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. created lessons which were not fun B. required only perfection
C. did not ask for work morality D. was his early tutor
1 2 3 . T h e w ô r d “ outstanding" in the passage is closest in meaning to________.
A. ordinary B. normal C. average D. impressive
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
In the 1960s, it took pop and rock groups one or two days to record other their songs.
Nowadays, it can take months and months. Many rock groups begin by recording only one MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 024
instrument, for example, the voice. Then they record other instruments – electric piano,
synthesiser, guitars, drums and so on.
Next, they might use a computer to add special effect s . F in a l l y , th e y ‘m ix’ a l l th e in s tr u m e nt s until they get the sound that they want. This means that a CD or cassette will always sound very
different from a live concert.
Music engineers have developed a new computer programme that will change the future of
music. A computer can analyse a singer's voice. Then if you give the computer the lyrics and music
of a song, the computer can 'sing' it in that voice. This means that a singer only needs to record one
song and the computer can then sing other songs in the singer's own voice. Singers can sing new
songs many years after they have died.
Most of us listen to music for pleasure, but for the record companies, music is a product, the
same as soap powder. When a record company finds a new group (or 'band'), they first try to
develop the band's 'profile'. They will try to create an 'image' for the band that they think will attract
y ô u ng p e ô p l e . I ns te a d ô f a l l ô w in g th e b a nd ’s fu l l a r ti s ti c fr e e d ô m , th e y w il l ô fte n te l l th e b a nd w h a t
they should wear, what they should say and how they should sing and play.
In recent year, many rock groups have started their own record companies because they
say that the big companies are too commercial.
124. Today, to record songs, it takes________.
A. longer than it used to do B. shorter than it used to do
C. only one or two days D. the same amount of time as the 1960s
1 2 5 . T ô d a y ’s r e cô r d p r ô ce d u r e r e s u l ts in _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. different sounds of recorded songs and live-performed songs
B. the mixture between CDs and live concert
C. some special effects on songs
D. differences in voices and instruments played
126. Which of the following is NOT true about the new computer programme?
A. It is predicted to change the music future.
B. It can imitate singers' voices.
C. It can sing only one recorded song of the singer.
D. The singer does not necessarily present to really sing.
127. The word "it" in the passage refers to________.
A. music B. a lyric C. a singer D. a song
128. Record companies don't always________.
A. suggest the outfits of the band B. tell the band what to say
C. give the band freedom to do things D. decide the songs the band will play
129. The word "that ” in th e p a s s a g e r e f e r s tô _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. soap powder B. an image C. the band D. a company
130. The word "commercial ” in t he passage is closest in meaning to________.
A. famous B. popular C. useful D. money-oriented
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 11. Mark the letter A, B. C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
131. There has never been a more successful entertainment programme than Pop Idol.
A. Pop Idol is the most successful entertainment programme ever.
B. Pop Idol can be a more successful entertainment programme.
C. Pop Idol is one of the most successful entertainment programmes.
D. Pop Idol had never been more successful than it is now.
132. He couldn't stand being eliminated from the contest.
A. Because he stood, he was eliminated from the contest.
B. He was eliminated from the contest because he was unable to stand.
C. He was unable to accept the failure in the contest.
D. He didn't believe that he was thrown out from the contest.
133. A lot of people came to the concert in spite of the rain.
A. Because it rained, a lot of people came to the concert. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 025
B. Even though it rained, a lot of people came to the concert.
C. It rained and then a lot of people came to the concert.
D. While being in the concert, it suddenly started to rain.
134. Settling in Paris, he then took up piano as the first instrument ever learnt.
A. Before moving to Paris, he took up piano as the first instrument ever learnt.
B. Living in Paris encouraged him to take up piano as the first instrument ever learnt.
C. He had never learnt any instrument before although he lived in Paris.
D. Piano was the first instrument he learnt after moving to Paris.
1 3 5 . “ Why don’t you go to the cinema with me ?” a s k e d J ô nn ie .
A. Jonnie required me to go to the cinema with him.
B. Jonnie urged me to go to the cinema with him.
C. Jonnie was worried about me going to the cinema with him.
D. Jonnie suggested me going to the cinema with him.
Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B. C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
136. I was so busy. I couldn't come to her birthday party.
A. I came to her birthday party so I was too busy.
B. I was too busy to come to her birthday party.
C . I was busy enough to come to her birthday party.
D. Her birthday party made me really busy.
137. She intended to study music in New Jersey. Accidentally she left and studied music in New York.
A. She left her hometown in New Jersey in order to study music in New York.
B. After studying music in New Jersey, she studied music in New York.
C. She left New Jersey with the intention to stud y m u s ic in Ne w ’ Y ô r k .
D. She was going to study music in New Jersey but then studied in New York.
138. He died in I960. He received the bravery award in 1970.
A. After his death, he received the bravery award in 1970.
B. Because he died in I960, he received the bravery award in 1970.
C. He died in 1960 so he received the bravery award in 1970.
D. Before his death, he received the bravery award in 1970.
139. His mother wanted him to be a doctor. He wanted to become a music composer.
A. His mother wanted him to be a doctor because he wanted to become a music composer.
B. His mother wanted him to be a doctor so he wanted to become a music composer.
C. His mother wanted him to be a doctor but he wanted to become a music composer.
D. If his mother wanted him to be a doctor, he wanted to become a music composer.
140. He sang very badly. Everyone left the room.
A. Everyone left the room so he sang badly.
B. He sang very badly so everyone left the room.
C. He sang badly as a result of everyone leaving the room.
D. He sang so badly but everyone left the room.
_________THE END___________
TOPIC 4. COMMUNITY
I. VOCABULARY:
01. advertisement / ә d’vз:tism әnt/ n Q u a ng e c a ́ ô
02. announcement / ә ’na ʊnsm әnt/ n Th ô ng b a ́ ô
03. apply / ә ’pl a i/ v N ô ̣ p đơ n
04. balance / ’bæl әns/ v C a n b a ̀ ng
05. by chance /bai t ʃa:ns/ ph Tìn h c ơ ̀
06. community /k ә ’mu : n әti/ n C ô ̣ ng đô ̀ ng
07. concerned /k ә n’s з:nd/ a Quan tâm, lo
08. creative / k r i’ e it i v / a S a ́ ng ta ̣ ô
09. dedicated / ’de dik e it id / a Ta ̣ n t a m
10. development / di’ve l әpm әnt/ n P h a ́ t t r i e ̉ n MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 026
11. disadvantage /dis ә ’va : nt id ʒ/ n Ba ́ t l ơ ̣ i
12. donate /d ә ʊ ’ne it / v Q u y e n g ô ́ p
13. employment / im’pl ɔim әnt/ n Th u e , t u y e ̉ n
14. excited / ik ’s a it id / a Ha ̀ ô h ư ́ ng
15. facility /f ә ’si l әti/ n Th ie ́ t b ị
16. fortunate / ’f ɔ:t ʃ әn әt/ a Ma y m a ́ n
17. handicapped / ’hændikæpt/ a Kh u y e ́ t t a ̣ t
18. helpful / ’h e l pf l / a Hư ̃ u íc h
19. hopeless / ’h ә ʊpl әs/ a V ô vô ̣ ng
20. interact /it ә r’ækt/ v Tư ơ ng ta ́ c
21. interested / ’int r әstid/ a Th u ́ vị
22. interesting / ’int r әsti ŋ/ a Hay ho
23. invalid / in’vælid/ a Kh u y e ́ t t a ̣ t
24. leader / ’l i: d әr/ n La ̃ nh đa ̣ ô
25. martyr / ’ma : t әr/ n Lie ̣ t sy ̃
26. meaningful / ’mi:n i ŋfl/ a Y ́ ng h ĩa
27. narrow-minded / ’nær ә ʊ-maindid/ a He ̣ p h ô ̀ i
28. non-profit /n ɔ n’pr ɔfit/ a P h i l ơ ̣ i nh u a ̣ n
29. obvious /’ ɔbvi әs/ a R ô ̃ , h ie ̉ n nhiên
30. opportunity / ɔp ә ’t j ʊn әti/ n C ơ h ô ̣ i
31. passionate / ’pæ ʃ әn әt/ a Đa m mê
32. patient / ’pe i ʃnt/ a Kie n nha ̃ n
33. position /p ә ’z i ʃn/ n V ị tr í
34. post /p ә ʊst/ n C h ư ́ c vu ̣
35. priority / pr a i’ ɔr әti/ n Ư u tiê n
36. public / ’p blik/ a C ô ng c ô ̣ ng
37. remote / r i’m ә ʊt/ a X a , h e ̉ ô l a ́ nh
38. running water / ’r ni ŋ- ’w ɔ:t әr/ n N ư ơ ́ c m a ́ y
II. PRONUNCIATION: The diphthongs of /ei/ /ai/ / ɔi/ / j ʊ/
III. GRAMMAR: 1. Derived Words with Suffixes (-ing; -ed; -ful; -less) 2. Adverbial Clauses
with When, While, Wh e r e a s , A s s ô ô n a s , …
IV. PRACTICE TEST:
Unit 4. FOR A BETTER COMMUNITY
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
01. A. sick B. second C. service D. sure
02. A. angry B. needy C. supply D. country
03. A. handicapped B. interested C. dedicated D. excited
04. A. hungry B. community C. mutual D. student
05. A. charity B. school C. childless D. teacher
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
06. A. dedicate B. fortunate C. practical D. volunteer
07. A. ensuring B. protecting C. providing D. widening
08. A. donate B. apply C. provide D. study
09. A. successful B. announcement C. ignorant D. experience
10. A. disadvantaged B. environment C. advertisement D. unfortunate
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
11. These_______ children encounter many problems and really need our help. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 027
A. disadvantaged B. advantaged C. disadvantage D. advantage
12. Luckily, I got s ô m e _ _ _ _ _ _ _ a d v ice ô n h ô w t ô m a k e a p r e s e nt a ti ô n ô n ‘Fô r a b e tt e r cô m m u ni ty’ from my class teacher.
A. useless B. useful C. usefulness D. uselessness
13. Fundraising for charity is a_______ thing for everyone to do to help the community.
A. meant B. meaningful C. meaningless D. meaning
1 4 . T h e y w e r e s ô _ _ _ _ _ _ _ a b ô u t j ô in in g th e l ô ca l v ô l u nt e e r g r ô u p th a t t h e y cô u l d n’t s l e e p l a s t n ig h t.
A. excite B. excitement C. exciting D. excited
15. It is_______ that all the students in class 1OA choose to do a p r ô j e ct ô n ‘H e l p in g th e ne e d y ’.
A. surprising B. surprised C. surprise D. surprisingly
16. Volunteers become well ____ of the problems facing the world.
A. aware B. concerned C. helpful D. interested
17. English teaching is considered a good example of a volunteer job which often turns_______ a career.
A. off B. up C. on D. into
18. Mahatma Gandhi fought for the rights of coloured people in general and the Indians_______.
A. in time B. in particular C. in contrast D. in fact
19. A/an_______ is a person who needs others to take care of him/her, because of illness that he/she
had for a long time.
A. patient B. martyr C. invalid D. addict
20. Mr. Chen is more_______ because he has finally agreed to allow his daughter to join an overseas
volunteer organisation in Africa.
A. single-minded B. narrow-minded C. absent-minded D. open-minded
21. Most of the students in that special school are making good progress, but Michael is a_______ case.
A. hopefully B. hopeless C. hopeful D. hopelessly
22. A lot of generous businessmen have_______ valuable contributions to helping needy people.
A. done B. taken C. made D. given
23. Poor students cannot_______ an abundance of presents on their birthday.
A. look forward to B. put up with C. come up with D. cut down on
24. Befriending can offer volunteers the opportunity to provide support and friendship to a person
who may be going_______ a difficult period.
A. up B. on C. off D. through
25. Volunteer organisations are generally small-staffed, so they need to_______ lots of volunteers for
a huge event. A. employ B. recruit C. research D. catch
2 6 . Y ô u ’d b e tt e r _ _ _ _ _ _ _ a cô m m it m e nt tô b e in g a v ô l u nt e e r ô n a r e g u l a r b a s is .
A. promise B. do C. make D. pull
27. They visit a retirement home and_______ time doing fun activities with the elderly who lack
immediate family.
A. spend B. lose C. waste D. consume
28. Both community_______ and volunteerism are an investment in our community and the people
who live in it.
A. life B. language C. performance D. service
2 9 . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ b e in g th e C E O ô f M icr ô s ô ft, B il l G a te s is a l s ô ô ne ô f th e w ô r l d ’s g r e a te s t p h il a nt h r ô p is ts .
A. Aside from B. But for C. Except for D. In addition
30. Their massive salaries let them afford to give_______ huge amounts to charities.
A. off B. up C. away D. hack
31. When you get involved in a volunteer project, you are able to_______ your knowledge into practice.
A. take B. put C. bring D. push
32. Volunteers can work with many_______ children who were harmed by Agent Orange in childcare centres.
A. parentless B. disabled C. poor D. homeless
33. Both CARE and Oxfam organisations have programmes to help people in underdeveloped
countries_______ their lives.
A. make B. risk C. improve D. start
34. Many international volunteer organisations are trying to find a_______ to the problem of world hunger.
A. way B. method C. suggestion D. solution MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 028
35. For a cleaner and greener community, everyone should_______ the amount of trash and take care
of our environment.
A. increase B. reduce C. contribute D. ignore
36. Thanks to everyone's efforts, we can do_______ to make school a meaningful place for students
living in poverty.
A. a great many B. a little C. a great deal D. a few
3 7 . O n t h e d ô ô r ô f th e h ô u s e w h e r e L ô u is B r a il l e w a s b ô r n a r e th e w ô r d s ‘H e ô p e ne d th e d ô ô r ô f_ _ _ _ _ _ _ tô a l l th ô s e w h ô ca nn ô t s e e . ’
A. knowledge B. information C. news D. material
38. University students are willing to get involved in helping the old and_______ people.
A. childlike B. childish C. children D. childless
39. Contact is_______ connecting students with volunteer organisations abroad.
A. in place of B. in charge of C. in case of D. in danger of
40. Football superstar David Beckham has a huge_______ for kids in need.
A. head B. strength C. memory D. heart
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
41. I got the teaching job in the Happy Child Charity Centre just by chance.
A. accidentally B. purposefully C. easily D. immediately
42. Every month, the volunteer group go to remote and mountainous areas to help those in need.
A. empty B. faraway C. crowded D. poor
43. Mother Teresa devoted herself to caring for the sick and the poor.
A. spent B. contributed C. gave up D. dedicated
44. Our top priority is to clean and protect the environment in our neighbourhood.
A. hobby B. job C. preference D. idea
45. Young people are now getting more and more concerned about environmental problems.
A. worried B. nervous C. hopeless D. uneasy
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
46. Many people who do volunteer work think they are more fortunate than others.
A. lucky B. blessed C. unlucky D. uncomfortable
47. Public service announcement is a special advertisement for the community, normally about
health or safety matters.
A. Open B. Private C. Secret D. Popular
48. Economically disadvantaged students often drop out of school, choosing a low- paying job to
earn money. A. leave B. attend C. accept D. reject
49. We are looking for camp helpers who are hard-working, energetic, and able to organise
activities for young children.
A. active B. dynamic C. passive D. reluctant
50. Volunteering also means getting to meet people with a similar passion.
A. alike B. identical C. common D. distinct
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
51. Last Sunday, our volunteer team_______ a lot of food packages to homeless people in the flood-
hit region. A. were bringing B. brought C. have brought D. had brought
52. I_______ Maria for the first time at the Heart-to-Heart Charity Office.
A. saw B. was seeing C. was seen D. has seen
53. We_______ the roof for Mrs. Smith, an elderly childless woman, when it_______ with rain.
A. were mending/was pouring B. mended /poured
C. mended/was pouring D. were mending/poured
54. When we were on a voluntary tour, we_______ to public places to collect rubbish every day.
A. were going B. went C. have gone D. had gone
55. The phone was engaged when I called. Who_______ to?
A. were you talking B. were you talked C. did you talk D. have you talked MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 029
56. We_______ in silence when he suddenly_______ me to help him.
A. were walking/was asking B. were walking/asked C. walked/asked D. walked
/was asking
57. I_______ my report when my boss_______ the hall.
A. made/was entering B. made/entered C. was making/was entering D. was
making/entered
58. I_______ near the fence when suddenly I_______ the voices.
A. stood/heard B. stood/was hearing
C. was standing/heard D. was standing/was hearing golf.
59. Jim_______ his leg when he_______ golf.
A. broke/was playing B. broke/played
C. was breaking/was playing D. was breaking /broke
60. While I_______ for him to call up, he_______ a good time in the bar.
A. waited/was having B. was waiting/was having
C. was waiting/had D. was waited/was waiting
61. All the kids_______ their homework when the volunteer team_______.
A. were doing/arrived B. did/arrived C. were doing/were arriving D. did/were arriving
62. While Lauda_______ round a corner, he suddenly_______ control of his Ferrari.
A. went/lost B. was going/was losing
C. was going/lost D. went/was losing
63. While the Cambridge boat_______ under a bridge, it_______ another boat.
A. went/was hitting B. went/hit C. was going/was hitting D. was going/hit
64. My cousin and I_______ on the computer when there_______ a power cut.
A. played/was B. were playing – was C. played/were D. were playing - were
65. When I_______ my best friend, she_______ as a voluntary teacher in Dream Homeless Shelter.
A. met /was working B. was meeting/was working
C. met/worked D. was meeting/worked
66. Where_______ you_______ when I_______ you on the bus last night?
A. did/go/saw B. were/going/was seeing
C. were/going/saw D. did/go/was seeing
67. When you_______ yesterday, I_______ in the garden, s ô I d id n’t h e a r th e p h ô ne .
A. rang/worked B. were ringing/worked
C. were ringing/was working D. rang/was working
68. While Tom and I_______, someone_______ at the door.
A. were talking/knocked B. were talking/was knocking
C. talked/knocked D. talked/was knocking
69. When the robbery_______, the safeguard_______!
A. happened/slept B. was happening/was sleeping
C. was happening/slept D. happened/was sleeping
70. I_______ the accident while I_______ for the bus.
A. was seeing/waited B. saw/was waiting C. was seeing /was waiting D. saw/waited
71. We_______ an old box while we_______ in the garden.
A. found/dug B. found/were digging
C. was finding/dug D. were finding/were digging
72. When I_______ into the room, two boys_______ a picture book together.
A. came/were reading B. were coming - were reading
C. came/read D. were coming/read
73. While we_______ in the park, Mary_______.
A. were running/was falling over B. ran/fell over
C. were running /fell over D. were running/was falling over
74. I_______ my pen while I_______ my homework.
A. was breaking/was doing B. was breaking/did C. broke/did D. broke/was doing
75. It_______ to rain while we_______ home from school.
A. started - were walking B. was starting - were walking
C. started - walked D. was starting - walked MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 030
76. When I went to get the tickets, I realised I_______ any money.
A . w a s n’t h a v in g B . d id n’t h a v e C . h a v e n’t h a d D. h a d n’t h a d
7 7 . Wh il e w e _ _ _ _ _ _ _ in t h e r a in , S a l l y ’s m ô t h e r _ _ _ _ _ _ _ p a s t.
A. stood/drove B. were standing/drove
C. were standing/was driving D. stood/was driving
78. My mother_______ old clothes while my father_______ the food packages for the next voluntary trip.
A. was classifying/was preparing B. was classifying/prepared
C. classified/was preparing D. classified/prepared
79. Richard_______ TV when the phone_______.
A. watched/rang B. watched/was ringing
C. was watching/rang D. was watching/was ringing
80. While some volunteers_______ the disabled children, others_______ some furniture in the orphanage.
A. were teaching/were repairing B. taught/repaired
C. were teaching/repaired D. taught/were repairing
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
81. A group of volunteer students were mowing the lawn in the home for the aged while it started
to rain heavily. A B C D
82. When he still worked for Oxfam, he was coming up with different ideas to help needy people.
A B C D
83. The volunteers went to a nearby school on a Sunday morning, picked up a food package, and
delivered them to an elderly person. A B C D
84. The lives of disadvantaged students are often very different for those of their more wealthy
peers. A B C D
85. There are lots of amused ways to volunteer in the arts such as teaching, designing and assisting
with a variety of arts and crafts. A B C D
86. Mahatma Gandhi fought against the rights of poor people and women in India and became a
hero for millions of people. A B C D
87. In her lifetime, Audrey Hepburn also paid a visit to Viet Nam to bring awareness of
immunisation and sets up clean water programmes. A B C
D
88. While he and his wile Ali first went to Africa, they worked in a refugee camp for a month.
A B C D
89. The famous Irish rock band U2 wrote the song Walk On to honour this amazed woman, who put
her country before everything. A B C D
90. He worked in a big bank in London when suddenly he decided to leave this city to take part in
Volunteer Bolivia. A B C D
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following
exchanges.
9 1 . “ Wh y d ô n’t w e v is it th e H a p p y M in d C h a r it y C e nt r e th is w e e k e nd ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Because it is so useful. B . T h a t’s a g ô ô d idea!
C . I ’l l te l l y ô u a b ô u t t h is ce nt r e . D. Until next time.
9 2 . “ H e l l ô , I ’m M i nh , th e l e a d e r ô f Dr e a m S k y v ô l u nt e e r te a m . ” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A . Nice tô m e e t yô u . I ’m J ô h n, f r ô m V ô l u nt e e r B ô l ivia .
B. It's nice of you so say so, I'm John, from Volunteer Bolivia.
C. Fine, see you again soon, Minh.
D. Dô n’t m e nt iô n i t. I 'm J ô h n, f r ô m V ô l u nt e e r B ô l ivia .
9 3 . “ T h a nk y ô u v e r y m u ch f ô r h e l p in g t h e d is a d v a nt a g e d ch il d r e n h e r e ! ” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. What a pity! B . I t’s ô u r p l e a s u r e . C . S ô r r y , w e d ô n’t kn ô w . D. T hat's nice of you!
9 4 . “ T a k e ca r e ! H a v e a s a fe tr ip b a ck ! ” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Thanks for coming. B. Sounds good. C. Thanks, bye. D. Good luck next time.
9 5 . “ We l l , I th in k v ô l u nt e e r in g w il l b r in g s ô m e u s e fu l e x p e r ie nce f ô r ô u r f u tu r e j ô b . ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A . T h a t’s a l s ô w h a t I th in k . B. I'm sorry, but I have to agree MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 031
C . I d ô n’t t h in k s ô , e it h e r . D. T h a t’s u nb e l ie v a b l e !
9 6 . “ L e t’s ô p e n a s m a l l cr a ft s tô r e tô r a is e m ô ney for the poor villagers!'' - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A . T h a t’s a g ô ô d id e a ! B . T h a nks , I can manage C. No problem. D. T h a t’s th e w a y it is .
9 7 . “ Wh a t a m e a ni ng fu l t h in g y ô u 've d ô ne f ô r y ô u r l e s s f ô r tu na te f r ie nd s , m y s ô n! ”
– “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Thanks for taking care of me, Mom. B. What a wonderful gift you've made for me.
C . I d ô n’t r e a l l y ca r e . I m u s t g ô n ô w . D. T h a nk y ô u , M ô m . T h a t’s j u s t a b it I ca n d ô f ô r t h e m .
9 8 . “ Ne w Y e a r is cô m in g . I ' l l r e p a in t t h e h ô u s e f ô r M r s . P ô ô r O l d A m a nd a . ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. No, not for me. B. That would be great help. C. It is very expensive. D. Not at all.
9 9 . “ Wh ô ca m e u p with this wonderful idea?" - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. The class monitor did. B. To protect our environment.
C. Mr. Billy came yesterday. D. In order to raise some funds.
1 0 0 . “ Wh a t ca n w e d o for a better community?'' - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. To ensure healthy lifestyles.
B. Why not protect public facilities such as kindergartens or parks?
C. I hate collecting rubbish in public places.
D. Doing charity work is a must for everyone.
1 0 1 . “ H a v e n' t yô u d ô ne a ny volunteer work before, Jen?" - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. No, not now! B. Yes, I have never done it.
C. Yes, I've done it once. D. Sure, no problem.
1 0 2 . “ A r e y ô u te a ch in g E ng l is h ô r M a th a t H ô a B in h O r p h a na g e ?" – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Yes, I am. B. No, I'm not. C. English, of course. D. I'll choose literature.
1 0 3 . “ C a n I j ô in y ô u r v ô l u nt e e r g r ô u p t h is s u m m e r ?" - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Yes, of course. B. No, not at all. C. No, I think so. D. Yes, you are.
1 0 4 . “ Dô y ô u m i nd if I h a v e a l ô ô k a t yô u r p r ô j e c t ô n cô m m u ni ty d e v e l ô p m e nt ?" – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. No, not at all. B. Yes, it's a good project.
C. Yes, you're welcome. D. As quickly as possible.
1 0 5 . “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” - “ I f I w e r e y ô u , I w ô u l d te a ch th e m h ô w t ô r e a d fir s t.”
A. What do you think of these street children? B. What can I do for you now?
C. What are these street children's lives like? D. What should I do for these street children?
Part V. READING
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer
to each of the questions.
Orbis is an organisation which helps blind people of everywhere. It has built an eye hospital
inside an aeroplane and flown it all over the world with an international media team. Samantha
Graham, a fourteen-year-old schoolgirl from England, went with the plane to Mongolia. Samantha
tells the story of the Eukhtuul, a young Mongolian girl.
‘La s t y e a r , w h e n E u k h tu u l w a s w a l k in g h ô m e f r ô m s ch ô ô l , she was attacked by boys with
sticks and her eyes were badly damaged. Dr. Duffey, an Orbis doctor, said that without an operation
s h e w ô u l d ne v e r s e e a g a in . I th ô u g h t a b ô u t a l l t h e th in g s I d ô th a t s h e cô u l d n’t, th i ng s l ike r e a d in g s ch ô ô l b ô ô k s , w a tch in g te l e v is iô n, s e e in g f r ie nd s , a nd I r e a l is e d h ô w l u ck y I a m . ’
‘T h e Orbis team agreed to operate on Eukhtuul and I was allowed to watch, together with
some Mongolian medical students. I prayed the operation would be successful. The next day I
w a it e d ne r v ô u s l y w it h E u k h tu u l w h il e D r . Du ff e y r e m ô v e d h e r b a nd a g e s . “ I n s ix m ô nt h s y ô u r s i g h t
w il l b e b a ck tô nô r m a l , ” h e s a id . E u khtuul smiled, her mother cried, and I had to wipe away some
te a r s , tô ô ! ’
Now Eukhtuul wants to study hard to become a doctor. Her whole future has changed thanks to a
s im p l e ô p e r a ti ô n. We s h ô u l d a l l t h in k m ô r e a b ô u t h ô w m u c h ô u r s ig h t m e a ns tô u s . ’
106. What information can be learned from this passage?
A. the best way of studying medicine B. the international work of some eye doctors
C. the difficulties for blind travellers D. the life of schoolchildren in Mongolia
107. The word "she" in the passage refers to__________.
A. the writer B. the nurse C. Eukhtuul D. the medical studen
108. After meeting Eukhtuul, Samantha felt__________. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 032
A . a ng r y a b ô u t E u k h tu u l ’s e x p e r ie nce B. grateful for her own sight
C . p r ô u d ô f th e d ô ct ô r ’s s k il l D. surprise by Euk h tu u l ’s a b il it y
109. W hat is the result of Eukhtuul's operation?
A. After some time she will see as well as before.
B. Before she recovers, she needs another operation.
C. She can see better but can never have normal eyes.
D. She can't see perfectly again.
110. What is the writer's main purpose in writing this passage?
A. to describe a dangerous trip B. to explain how sight can be lost
C. to report a patient's cure D. to warn against playing with sticks
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
I d id n’t e v e n n ô ti ce h i m . I t w a s a ch il l y Nô v e m b e r e v e ni ng in Ne w Y ô r k C it y , a nd m y d a u g h te r a nd I w e r e w a l k in g u p B r ô a d w a y . I w a s th in k i ng , “ M il k , d r y cl e a ne r s , h ô m e ” . Wa s I supposed to
notice a guy sitting inside a cardboard box next to a newsstand? No, but Nora did. She wasn't even
fô u r , b u t s h e p u l l e d a t m y cô a t s l e e v e a nd s a id . “ T h a t m a n’s cô l d , Da d d y . C a n w e ta k e h im h ô m e ? "
I don't remember my reply - probably something l ik e , “ T h a t w ô u l d n 't r e a l l y b e h e l p in g h i m ” . Maybe I made her feel better by giving her an apple. I don't know. But I do remember a sudden heavy
feeling inside me. I had always been delighted at how much my daughter noticed in her world,
whether it was birds in flight or children playing. But now she was noticing suffering and poverty.
A few days later, I saw an article in the newspaper about volunteers who delivered meals to
elderly people. The volunteers went to a nearby school on a Sunday morning, picked up a food
package, and delivered it to an elderly person. It was quick and easy. I signed us up. Nora was
excited about it. She could understand the importance of food, so she could easily see how valuable
our job was. When Sunday came, she was ready, but I had to push myself to leave the house. On the
way to the school. I fought an urge to turn back. The Sunday paper and my coffee were waiting at
home. Why do this? Still, we picked up the package and phoned the elderly person we'd been
assigned. She invited us right over. And that day Nora and I paid a visit to her depressing flat. After
saying goodbye, I walked home in tears.
P r ô fe s s iô na l s c a l l s u ch a v is it a “ v ô l u nt eer opportunity". Indeed, the poverty my daughter
and I helped lessen that Sunday afternoon was not the old woman's alone it was in our lives, too.
Nora and I regularly serve meals to needy people and collect clothes for the homeless. Yet, as I've
watched her grow over these past four years. I still wonder which of us has benefited more?
111. Which of the following can be the best title of the passage?
A. A Lesson in Caring B. Volunteer Opportunities
C. An International Voluntary Organisation D. A Beautiful Sunday
112. The phras e “ delighted at" in the passage is closet in meaning to__________.
A. very bored with B. very pleased at C. very disappointed with D. very surprised at
1 1 3 . Wh ic h ô f th e f ô l l ô w in g is tr u e a b ô u t Nô r a , t h e a u th ô r ’s d a u g h te r ?
A. She was a naughty schoolgirl. B. She didn't care for anyone around her.
C. She was not interested in doing charity. D. She is over four years old now.
114. After reading the newspaper article about volunteers who helped the elderly, the
writer________.
A. paid no attention B. went to work
C. signed him and his daughter up D. took his daughter to school
1 1 5 . T h e w ô r d “ us" in the passage refers to__________.
A. the writer and his daughter B. the writer and the elderly person
C. the volunteers D. the writer, his daughter and the elderly person
1 1 6 . T h e w ô r d “ depressing" in the passage is closest in meaning to__________.
A. in poor condition B. good condition C. big D. small
117. How did the writer feel after the visit to the elderly woman that Sunday?
A. He felt relaxed. B. He felt sorry for her. C. He felt happy. D. He felt disappointed.
118. What do the writer and his daughter often do now?
A. They serve meals to needy people, but do not collect clothes for the homeless.
B. They collect clothes for the homeless but don't serve meals to needy people. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 033
C. They both serve meals to needy people and collect clothes for the homeless.
D. They neither serve meals to needy people nor collect clothes for the homeless.
Exercise 11. Read the following passage and mark the letter A. B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
A YEAR WITH OVERSEAS VOLUNTEERS
I was with Overseas Volunteers (OV) for a year after leaving university, and I was sent to an
isolated village in Chad, about 500 kilometres from the capital N'Djamena. Coming from a
(119)________ country, I got quite a shock, as conditions were much harder than I had expected. But
after a few days I got used to (120)________ there. The people were always very friendly and helpful,
and I soon began to appreciate how beautiful the countryside was.
One of my jobs was to supply the village (121)________ water. The well was a long walk away,
and the women used to spend a long time every day (122)________ heavy pots backwards and
forwards. So I contacted the organisation and arranged to have some pipes delivered. (123)________
these pipes were not really perfect, they still made a great difference to the villagers.
All in all, I think my time with OV was a good experience. Although it was not paid, it was
well worth doing and I would recommend it to anyone (124)________ was considering working for a
charity.
119. A. rich B. comfortable C. well-paid D. luxurious
120. A. lived B. living C. lived D. lively
121. A. for B. on C. with D. from
122. A. carrying B. wearing C. holding D. drinking
123. A. If B. Because C. When D. Although
124. A. which B. when C. where D. who
Exercise 12. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
MOTHER TERESA
“Do not wait for leaders; do it alone, person to person.” - Mother Teresa
Mother Teresa was the founder of the Order of the Missionaries of Charity, a Roman Catholic
congregation of women dedicated to (125)________ the poor. Considered one of the greatest
humanitarians of the 20th century, she was officially recognised as Saint Teresa of Calcutta in 2016.
Born in 1910, in Skopje, Macedonia, Mother Teresa taught in India (126)________ 17 years before in
1 9 4 6 s h e e x p e r ie nce d h e r “ ca l l w it h i n a ca l l " t ô (1 2 7 )_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ h e r s e l f t ô ca r in g f ô r t h e s ick a nd p ô ô r . (128)________ Teresa enjoyed teaching at the school, she was increasingly upset by the poverty
surrounding her in Calcutta: the Bengal famine of 1943 and the outbreak of Hindu/Muslim violence
in August 1946. Her order established a nursing home; centres for (129)________ blind, aged, and
disabled; and a leper colony. In 1979 she (130)________ the Nobel Peace Prize for her humanitarian
work. She died in September 1997 and was beatified in October 2003.
125. A. help B. helped C. helping D. helpful
126. A. for B. since C. after D. from
127. A. allow B. devote C. encourage D. spend
128. A. After B. Until C. Although D. Because
129. A. a B. the C. these D. those
130. A. received B. recognized C. awarded D. presented
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 13. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
131. Volunteerism is on the rise in the United States, especially among retired persons.
A. More and more American people, especially the retired, do volunteer work.
B. The number of volunteers in the United States is increasing faster and faster.
C. More retired people in the United States start doing charity work.
D. More American people, especially the retired, refuse to be voluntary.
132. It is meaningful to save some pocket money for charity work.
A. Nobody thinks it is meaningless to lose money for charity work.
B. Saving some pocket money for charity work is a meaningful thing to do. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 034
C. It means that we have to save some pocket money for charity work.
D. We mean to save some pocket money for charity work.
133. Our children are interested in giving away their old books to needy people.
A. Our children find it interesting to give away their old books to needy people.
B. For our children, it is interesting for needy people to give away their old books.
C. One of the most interesting things that our children do is to give away old books to needy people.
D. G iving a w a y ô l d b ô ô k s tô ne e d y p e ô p l e is ô ne ô f ô u r c h il d r e n’s h ô b b ie s .
134. Mary is disappointed with the volunteer work in this charity organisation.
A. The volunteer work in this charity organisation is disappointed at Mary.
B. Mary found the volunteer work in this charity organisation disappointing.
C. The volunteer work in this charity organisation makes Mary disappointing.
D. Mary found it disappointed to do volunteer work in this charity organisation.
135. My daughter and I were walking along the street when we noticed a homeless boy sleeping in a
cardboard.
A. While my daughter and I were walking along the street, we noticed a homeless boy
sleeping in a cardboard.
B. My daughter and I were walking along the street while we were noticing a homeless boy
sleeping in a cardboard.
C. My daughter and I walked along the street and noticed a homeless boy sleeping in a
cardboard.
D. My daughter and I were walking along the street and noticing a homeless boy sleeping in
a cardboard.
Exercise 14. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
136. Angelina Jolie began taking an interest in charity work. She was filming in Cambodia then.
A. After Angelina Jolie began taking an interest in charity work, she was filming in Cambodia.
B. Angelina Jolie began taking an interest in charity work while she was filming in Cambodia.
C. Before Angelina Jolie was filming in Cambodia, she began to take an interest in charity work.
D. As soon as Angelina Jolie began taking an interest in charity work, she was filming in
Cambodia then.
137. They were busy with their schoolwork. They spent time helping the elderly in the retirement home.
A. They were busy with their schoolwork, but they still spent time helping the elderly in the
retirement home.
B. They spent time helping the elderly in the retirement home, so they were busy with their
schoolwork.
C. They were busy with their schoolwork, and they spent time helping the elderly in the
retirement home.
D. They spent time helping the elderly in the retirement home, or they were busy with their
schoolwork.
138. Some students took part in directing the traffic. Others took care of the war invalids.
A. Some students took part in directing the traffic, so some others took care of the war invalids.
B. Some students took part in directing the traffic, for some others took care of the to war invalids.
C. Some students took part in directing the traffic, and some others took care of the war invalids.
D. Some students took part in directing the traffic, but some others took care of the war invalids.
139. The boy was only 10 years old. He established an athletic programme for children with special needs.
A. Despite his young age, the boy established an athletic programme for children with special needs.
B. Until the boy was only 10 years old, he established an athletic programme for children
with special needs.
C. The boy established an athletic programme for children with special needs because he
was only 10 years old.
D. The boy established an athletic programme for children with special needs in case of his
young age.
140. SHARE is a non-profit organisation. It provides thousands of girls in Africa with books and school supplies.
A. If SHARE is a non-profit organisation, it will provide thousands of girls in Africa with
books and school supplies. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 035
B. Although SHARE is a non-profit organisation, it provides thousands of girls in Africa with
books and school supplies.
C. SHARE is a non-profit organisation until it provides thousands of girls in Africa with books
and school supplies.
D. SHARE is a non-profit organisation which provides thousands of girls in Africa with books
and school supplies.
_________THE END___________
TOPIC 5. INVENTIONS
I. VOCABULARY:
01. bulky / ’b lki/ a Tô , k e ̀ nh c a ̀ ng
02. collapse /k ә ’læps/ v S u ̣ p đô ̉
03. earbuds / ’i әb dz/ n Tai nghe
04. economical /ik ә ’n ɔmikl/ a Tie ́ t k i e ̣ m
05. fabric / ’fæbrik/ n C h a ́ t l ie ̣ u v a ̉ i
06. generous /’d ʒen әr әs/ a Ha ̀ ô ph ô ́ ng
07. headphones / ’h e df ә ʊlnz/ n Tai nghe
08. imitate / ’imite i t / v Ba ́ t c h ư ơ ́ c
09. inspiration /insp ә ’r e i ʃn/ n N g u ô ̀ n c a ̉ m h ư ́ ng
10. invention / i’v e n ʃn/ n P h a ́ t m inh
11. laptop / ’læpt ɔp/ n Ma ́ y t ính x a ́ c h ta y
12. patent / ’pætnt/ n Ba ̀ ng sa ́ ng c h e ́
13. portable / ’p ɔ:t әbl/ a D e ̃ m a ng va ́ c
14. principle / ’pr in s әpl/ n N g u y e n t a ́ c
15. submarine /s bm ә ’r i: n/ n Ta ̀ u ng a ̀ m
16. velcro / ’ve l k r ә ʊ/ n Lô a ̣ i k h ô ́ a da ́ n
II. PRONUNCIATION: The diphthongs of / a ʊ/ / ә ʊ/ / iә/ / e ә/ / ʊ ә/
III. GRAMMAR: 1. Gerunds and Infinitives 2. Clauses of Purpose
IV. PRACTICE TEST:
Unit 5. INVENTIONS
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
01. A. costly B. fastener C. portable D. smartphone
02. A. determine B. profile C. science D. versatile
03. A. benefit B. generous C. inventor D. video
04. A. fabric B. imitate C. laptop D. patent
05. A. company B. compose C. comprise D. computer
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
06. A. hot tea B. phone call C. soft-ware D. tall boy
07. A. bus stop B. cell phone C. light bulb D. white board
08. A. flying car B. mother tongue C. online game D. pencil case
09. A. fire fighter B. heart attack C. self-interest D. train station
10. A. credit card B. football match C. living room D. swimming pool
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following
questions.
11. Smartphone can be a great learning________ but you need to think of how to use it effectively.
A. benefit B. choice C. invention D. tool
12. It is convenient for you to read________ when you travel.
A. e-books B. laptops C. online game D. smartphones MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 036
13. Many young people carry a pair of ear-buds as they are small, light, and________.
A. chargeable B. economical C. portable D. transferable
14. Washing machine or vacuum cleaner can help you to________ time while doing housework.
A. kill B. save C. spend D. waste
15. Velcro has gradually become a familiar________ for shoes, jackets, and even spacesuits.
A. button B. fastener C. locker D. zipper
16. Most smartphones now________ flash player as well as voice and video calls.
A. display B. offer C. provide D. support
17. Many students prefer________ assignments on their laptops to writing traditionally.
A. reading B. searching C. sending D. typing
18. Mobile devices such as laptops or digital cameras can be charged by________.
A. solar charges B. solar-charges C. solar chargers D. solar-chargers
19. We can surf the________ to search for news, watch films, or download music.
A. e-book B. internet C. laptop D. smartphone
20. In many classrooms, teachers use chalk to write on the________.
A. blackboards B. black boards C. whiteboards D. white boards
21. You can send and receive e-mails from a________.
A. charger B. printer C. smartphone D. USB
22. The________, which can travel underwater, is very useful for scientists to learn about the
undersea world. A. aeroplane B. electronic car C. spaceship D. submarine
23. Like Vietnamese, Thai people also depend________ water for their crops.
A. against B. for C. in D. on
2 4 . I n 1 9 9 9 , th e k in g ’s C h a ip a tt a na A e r a tô r ô b ta in e d T h a i_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ f ô r h is r a in -making techniques.
A. certificates B. charters C. licenses D. patents
25. Paddle-wheel machine helps to clean the wastewater before________ it for farming.
A. rearranging B. recycling C. reducing D. reusing
26. You can get access________ the Internet, via a range of devices such as desktop or laptop
computers, mobile phones, and tablets.
A. for B. in C. of D. to
27. Thomas Edison, Benjamin Franklin, James Watt are among of the greatest________ of all time.
A. inventions B. inventiveness C. inventors D. invents
28. ________ noodles are a precooked and usually dried block invented by Japanese.
A. Instantaneous B. Instance C. Instant D. Instantly
29. It is definitely true that nature has inspired________ inventions and technologies.
A. numbers B. numeral C. numerical D. numerous
30. Smartphones are used not only for communication but also for information and________.
A. entertain B. entertainer C. entertaining D. entertainment
31. People often use the natural world as inspiration to design and invent new________.
A. producers B. produces C. productions D. products
32. Internet and social networks help us easily interact________ people all over the world.
A. in B. of C. on D. with
33. Users can look________ locations as well as directions to different places on Google Maps.
A. down B. for C. in D. up
34. The two fabrics of Velcro stick together thanks________ the hooks on the surface and the loops on
the other. A. by B. for C. of D. to
35. If you get a laptop as a reward, what will you use it________?
A. by B. for C. to D. with
36. Scientists have invented artificially intelligent computer systems________ of answering questions
posed in natural language.
A. able B. aware C. capable D. fond
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
37. A digital camera is more economical t h a n a f i l m c a m e r a s i n c e y ô u d ô n ’ t h a v e t ô b u y r ô l l s ô f f i l m s .
A. better B. cheaper C. safer D. stronger
38. You can use a USB stick to transport files from one computer to another. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 037
A. delete B. display C. transfer D. store
39. You can use ear-buds to listen to music or your listening everywhere, even in public place, as
nobody is disturbed. A. annoyed B. connected C. imitated D. interacted
40. Smartphones are very versatile, as they can do many things like making phone calls, taking
pictures, or listening to music.
A. capable B. flexible C. helpful D. interesting
41. Apple iPad has remained the single most popular tablet PC ever since 2010.
A. became B. continued C. existed D. stopped
42. A 3-D printer can produce solid objects similar to the originals.
A. images B. models C. papers D. pictures
43. There are many traffic jams during rush hour.
A. congestion B. riders C. road signs D. transportation
44. When collapsing the wings, a flying car is just a little bit bigger than a normal car.
A. dropping B. fixing C. folding D. opening
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A. B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
45. Nutritious s n a ck s p r ô v id e a n im p ô r ta nt cô nt r ib u ti ô n tô w a r d s y ô u r c h il d ’s d a il y nu t r it iô na l needs. A. Inexpensive B. Uncooked C. Unhealthy D. Unpacked
46. A smartphone is too costly for him to even have a normal one.
A. economical B. expensive C. priceless D. valuable
47. Many people are afraid that computers with superhuman intelligence will destroy humanity.
A. awareness B. perception C. stupidity D. wisdom
48. Speakers are too bulky. You cannot put them in your bag or your pocket.
A. giant B. heavy C. large D. tiny
49. A digital camera is convenient as it is quick to view and delete as well as easy to transfer photos
to a computer. A. harmful B. inexpensive C. uninteresting D. useless
50. Even the best invention may have drawbacks. A laptop, for example, is expensive so many
people cannot afford it.
A. advantages B. disadvantages C. shortcomings D. weaknesses
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct to each of the following questions.
51. A correction pen is used for________ your writing mistakes.
A. cover B. covered C. covering D. to cover
52. It's no good________ him the truth now.
A. not to tell B. tell C. telling D. to tell
53. It's important________ too much about your failure.
A. not to worry B. not worry C. not worrying to D. d ô n’t w ô r r y
5 4 . Dô n’t fô r g e t_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ y ô u r h ô m e w ô r k b e fô r e c ô m in g t ô cl a s s .
A. doing B. having done C. to be done D. to do
55. Did you remember________ Mr. Green my message?
A. be given B. giving C. have given D. to give
56. 3-D printing________ complex tools and components.
A. is used for produce B. is used to produce C. uses for producing D. uses to produce
57. She was old enough________ up her own mind.
A. made B. make C. making D. to make
58. My computer is used for________ music and video.
A. having played B. play C. playing D. to play
59. My father uses a calculator to________.
A. be calculated B. being calculated C. calculate D. calculating
60. Facebook is used________ among the young.
A. communicate B. communicating C. to communicate D. to communicating
61. Mary often watches YouTube videos to study how________ a dish or make a cake.
A. cook B. cooking C. to cook D. to cooking
62. We can use USB________ information. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 038
A. for being store B. for store C. to store D. to storing
63. He________ for the Google since 2014.
A. has worked B. is working C. was working D. worked
64. Her children________ their homework yet. They are still working on it.
A . h a s n’t fin is h e d B . h a s n’ t finishing C . h a v e n’t fin is h e d D. h a v e n’t fin is h in g
65. I have never________ to Paris.
A. been B. go C. was D. went
66. We________ a contract two years ago and it is still valid.
A. have sign B. have signed C. haven't signed D. signed
67. I have lost my mobile phone. Someone________ it.
A. has steal B. has stole C. has stolen D. have stole
6 8 . B r ia n_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ tô t h e tr a v e l a g e nt s a nd h e h a s n’t cô m e b a ck .
A. has been B. has been going C. had gone D. has gone
69. I am not hungry. I have________ eaten.
A. just B. ever C. now D. yet
70. ________ you ever been to New York?
A. Are B. Do C. Have D. Were
71. My parents________ us many times.
A. has visited B. have visited C. visit D. will visit
72. Walter________ my headphones at last.
A. has returned B. have return C. return D. returns
73. I________ the teacher that I will be absent next week.
A. has told B. have told C. tell D. tells
7 4 . S a l l y _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ th e m ô v ie “ T it a ni c” th r e e ti m e s .
A. has seen B. have seen C. is seeing D. sees
75. How long________ your best friend?
A. did you know B. do you know C. have you known D. are you knowing
76. YouTube________ to become the world most popular video-sharing website since 2005.
A. has grown B. have grown C. grew D. grows
77. J.K. Rô w l in g 's “ H a r r y P ô tt e r " b ô ô k s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ i n m a ny c ô u nt r ie s .
A. has been published B. have been published
C. was published D. were published
78. “ Wô u l d y ô u l ike a cô ff e e ?" - “ Nô t h a nks . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ô ne . ”
A. I just had B. I just have C. I was just having D. I ’v e j u s t h a d
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A. B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
79. The king's biodiesel oil project was first to introduce in 2001.
A B C D
80. The Tesla Coil is used for create extremely powerful electrical fields.
A B C D
81. IBM is an artificial intelligence computer system and is used to answering questions posed in
natural language. A B C D
82. Life without computers has seemed simply impossible now.
A B C D
83. Kodak Company produced many OLED equipped products, which are being used to power the
next generation of ultra-thin televisions, since 1987. A B C D
84. Vaccination has been used for a long time for prevent diseases.
A B C D
85. The boat rudder was invented to steer large ships, which enabled the Chinese for building huge
ships as early as 200 AD. A B C D
86. Many young people now use computers for playing games rather than study.
A B C D
87. You can use a tablet to listening to music, surfing web or chatting with friends.
A B C D
88. Since the Internet was first created in the 1960s, it changed p e ô p l e ’s l ive s a lot. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 039
A B C D
89. Scientists have researched since years into ways of curing cancer patients.
A B C D
90. Many teenagers now prefer chatting on the computer to meet face to face.
A B C D
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following
exchanges.
9 1 . “ G ô ô d l u ck w it h th e e x a m , M in h ! ” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , Da d . ”
A. By no means B. I wish so C. Never mind D. Thank you
9 2 . “ Da d . I ’v e p a s s e d th e E ng l is h te s t.” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Good job! B. Good test! C. Good luck! D. Good way!
9 3 . “ I th in k I w il l ch ô ô s e a ne w l a p tô p r a th e r t h a n a s m a r tp h ô ne . ” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , P h ô ng ! ”
A. Congratulation B. I hope so C. What a pity D. What a wise choice
9 4 . “ Dô y ô u k nô w t h a t m a ny inve nt iô ns w e r e in s p ir e d b y th e na tu r a l w ô r l d ?” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A . O f cô u r s e . Y ô u ’r e r i g h t. B. There is no hope about it.
C. Well, that sounds interesting. D. Yes, I couldn't agree more.
95. “ Dô y ô u th in k ne w in v e nt i ô ns a l w a y s m a k e p e ô p l e r ich ?” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I agree. B . I d ô n’t t h i nk s ô . C. It sounds great. D. no, not much
9 6 . “ I h a v e ne v e r b e e n t ô A m e r ica " - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Me either. B. Me neither. C. I so. D. Me too.
9 7 . “ C a n I ta k e a w a y y ô u r d is h ?" - “ Wa it a m in u t e . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A . I ca n’t fin is h . B . I d ô n’t fin is h . C. I have to finish. D. I h a v e n’t fin is h e d .
9 8 . “ Dô y ô u ne e d a ny h e l p , K a te ?” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A . I h a v e n’t g ô t a cl u e . B. No, thanks, I can manage.
C . T h a t’s a l l f ô r nô w . D. T h a t’s f in e b y m e .
9 9 . “ I t’s v e r y g e ne r ô u s ô f y ô u tô ô ff e r tô p a y ! ” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A . I ’m g l a d y ô u l ike it . B. Thanks a million.
C. That was the least I could do. D. You can say that again.
1 0 0 . “ H a s a n a nn ô u n cement been made about th e e ig h t ô ’cl ô ck f l ig h t t ô P a r is ?” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A . I d ô n’t t h in k th a t. B. Not yet. C . S ô r r y I d ô n’t. D. Yes, it was.
1 0 1 . “ I l ô v e s tu d y in g s cie nce a s it a l l ô w s m e tô a ns w e r q u e s ti ô ns a b ô u t na tu r a l w ô r l d . ” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A . Nô , I w ô n’t. B. Neither do I. C. Yes, I like it. D. So do I.
1 0 2 . “ I h a v e ta k e n p a r t i n t h e s cie nce cl u b f ô r 3 m ô nt h s . ” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. So have I. B. So have me. C. I have so. D. So I have.
1 0 3 . “ Wh a t d ô y ô u t h in k ô f y ô u r ne w l a p tô p ? ” - “_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I always keep it. B . I ’d l ô v e tô . C . I t’s f a nt a s ti c. D. Sounds great.
1 0 4 . “ C a n I tr y y ô u r ne w ca m e r a ?” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A . I ’m s ô r r y , I ca n’t. Le t' s g ô nô w . B . I ’m s ô r r y . I ’m h ô m e l a te .
C . S u r e . I ’d l ô v e tô . S u r e . D. But please be careful with it.
1 0 5 . “ T e d 's b r ô k e n h is l e g , s ô h e w ô n’t b e a b l e t ô cô m e tô c l a s s tô d a y . ” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. How terrific! B. Poor Ted! C. What is it now? D. Wh a t’s w r ô ng ?
Part V. READING
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
MOBILE PHONES
When Scotsman Alexander Graham Bell (106)________ the telephone in 1876, it was a
revolution in communication. (107)________ the first time, people could talk to each other over great
distances almost as clearly as if they were in the same room. Nowadays, though, we (108)________
u s c B e l l ’s in v e nt iô n fô r ta k in g p h ô tô g r a p h s , (1 0 9 )_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ th e I nt e r ne t or watching video clips rather
than talking. Over the last two decades a new (110)________ of spoken communication has emerged:
the mobile phone.
106. A. has been invented B. is invented C. invented D. was invented MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 040
107. A. As B. By C. For D. Since
108. A. increase B. increased C. increasing D. increasingly
109. A. accessing B. contacting C. entering D. searching
110. A. aids B. means C. tools D. ways
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
HEALTH DETECTOR
Scientist Hayat Sindi's device is the size of a postage stamp, and it costs just a penny. But it
could (111)________ millions of lives. In many parts of the world, doctors and nurses work with no
(112)________ or clean water. They have to send health tests to labs and wait weeks for results. But
this little piece of paper could change that. It (113)________ tiny holes that are filled with chemicals.
These chemicals are able (114)________ health problems. A person places a single (115)________ of
blood on the paper. The chemicals in the paper change (116)________ the blood and indicate
(117)________ or not the person has an illness.
111. A. build B. keep C. start D. save
112. A. electric B. electrical C. electrician D. electricity
113. A. contains B. invents C. provides D. supports
114. A. detect B. detecting C. to detect D. to detecting
115. A. bit B. drop C. piece D. slice
116. A. although B. because C. due to D. in spite of
117. A. as if B. either C. neither D. whether
Exercise 11. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
THE VANISHING INVENTION
In 1998, a Valencian professor made an amazing claim. Professor Antonio Cervilla
discovered how to use water as a substitute for petrol. The scientist said that you could drive from
Bilbao to Valencia on just half a litre of water. His invention uses a molybdenum compound to break
down water into hydrogen and oxygen. Unlike other methods, no electricity is required and the
reaction happens at atmospheric temperature. This impressive technology is based on the way
plant enzymes break down water. The use of molybdenum is the perfect choice because, although
rare, it is cheap and found all around the planet.
Since the claims were made, nothing more has been heard about this fabulous technology.
There is no explanation for the disappearance anywhere on the internet, apart from a list of similar
inventions which have also vanished. An inventor from the Philipines called Daniel Dingel developed
a water-fuelled car but was arrested and sentenced to 20 years in prison. If this technology were to
become widely available, it would prove disastrous for petrol station owners and would also save the
planet from the impending environmental catastrophes being caused by pollution.
1 1 8 . T h e w ô r d “ substitute ” in th e p a s s a g e i s cl ô s e s t i n m e a ni ng tô _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. addition B. alternative C. imitation D. solution
1 1 9 . Wh ic h ô f th e f ô l l ô w in g is NO T tr u e a b ô u t C e r v il l a ’s in v e nt iô n?
A. It happens at atmospheric temperature. B. It imitates something in nature.
C. It requires no electricity. D. It uses enzymes to break down water.
120. The word “it ” in th e p a s s a g e r e fe r s tô _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. enzyme B. molybdenum C. petrol D. water
1 2 1 . T h e w ô r d “ vanished ” in th e p a s s a g e is ô p p ô s it e in m e a ni ng tô _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. appeared B. produced C. introduced D. invented
122. It is stated in the passage that water-fuelled cars may contribute to_________.
A. save energy B. save environment C. save money D. save time
Exercise 12. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
THE STORY OF COCA-COLA
Coca-Cola was invented in 1886 by John Pemberton, a druggist living in Atlanta. The original
drink was a type of syrup, using coca leaves, sugar and cola nuts, plus a few other secret ingredients!
Pemberton sold it as a medicine; and with its coca (the source of cocaine), it must have made people
feel good! MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 041
Ne v e r th e l e s s , P e m b e r tô n’s m e d ici ne w a s nô t v e r y s u cce s s fu l , s ô h e s ô l d h is s e cr e t fô r m u l a to another druggist, Asa Candler. Candler was interested, because he had another idea that
P e m b e r tô n’s “ m e d ici ne ” w ô u l d b e m u ch b e tt e r i f it w a s m ixe d w it h s ô d a . C a nd l e r w a s th u s th e m a n who really invented the drink Coca-Cola. Candler also advertised his new drink, and soon people
were going to drugstores just to get a drink of Coca-Cola.
Before long, other people became interested in the product, including a couple of
businessmen who wanted to sell it in bottles. Candler sold them a licence to bottle the drink, and
very quickly the men became millionaires. The famous bottle, with its very distinctive shape, was
designed in 1916. And the famous Coca-Cola logo is the most famous logo in the world. Unlike any
other famous commercial logos, it has not changed in 100 years!
During the First World War, American soldiers in Europe began asking for Coca-Cola, so the
Coca-Cola company began to export to Europe. It was so popular with soldiers that they then had
to start bottling the drink in Europe.
Today, Coca-Cola is made in countries all over the world, including Russia and China; it is
th e w ô r l d ’s m ô s t p ô p u l a r d r in k .
A s fô r th e fa m ô u s fô r m u l a , it is p r ô b a b l y th e w ô r l d ’s m ô s t v a l u a b l e s e cr e t! T h e e x a ct ingredients for making Coca- C ô l a a r e ô nl y k nô w n t ô a h a nd fu l ô f p e ô p l e . A nd a s f ô r th e “ cô ca ” th a t was in the original drink, that was eliminated in 1903. It was a drug, a nd tô ô d a ng e r ô u s . T ô d a y ’s Coca-Cola contains caffeine, but not cocaine!
123. According to the passage, Coca-Cola was first introduced in_________.
A. America B. China C. Europe D. Russia
124. According to the passage, the original drink made people feel good because it contained________.
A. coca leaves B. cola nuts C. secret ingredients D. sugar
125. It is stated in the passage that Candler was interested in the product because he thought_______.
A. he could develop the original formula by adding soda
B. he would sell it and quickly became a millionaire
C. it was an useful medicine which made people feel good
D. P e m b e r tô n’s m e d ici ne w a s v e r y f a m ô u s a nd s u cce s s fu l
1 2 6 . T h e w ô r d “ licence ” in th e p a s s a g e is cl ô s e s t i n m e a ni ng tô _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. certificate B. permission C. charter D ticket
1 2 7 . T h e w ô r d “ distinctive ” in th e p a s s a g e is ô p p ô s it e in m e a ni ng tô _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. normal B. original C. ugly D unique
128. When were the Coca- C ô l a ’s b ô tt l e s h a p e a n d l ô g ô d e s ig ne d a ccô r d in g tô t h e p a s s a g e ?
A. in 1886 B. in 1916 C. in 1930 D. in 1986
1 2 9 . T h e w ô r d “ eliminated ” in th e p a s s a g e p r ô b a b l y m e a n s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. banned B. destroyed C. erased D. excluded
130. According to the passage, what is NOT true about the formula of Coca-Cola?
A. It is probably th e w ô r l d ’s m ô s t p r ice l e s s s e cr e t.
B. It was really invented by the druggist. Asa Candler.
C. Its exact ingredients are well known to many people.
D. Its ingredient was changed from cocaine to caffeine.
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 13. Mark the letter A, B, C. or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
131. This is the first time Tom went abroad.
A. Tom ever has gone abroad before. B. Tom has ever gone abroad before.
C. Tom has never gone abroad before. D. Tom never has gone abroad before.
132. She started using this washing machine last year.
A. She has used this washing machine for a year.
B. She has used this washing machine since a year.
C. She used this washing machine for a year.
D. She used this washing machine since a year.
133. The last time she sent me an email was 5 months ago.
A. She has already sent me an email for 5 months. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 042
B. She has never sent me an email since 5 months.
C. She has not sent me an email for 5 months.
D. She has not yet sent me an email since 5 months.
134. It is a long time since we last met.
A. We have already met after a long time. B. We have ever met for a long time.
C. We have just met for a long time. D. We have not met for a long time.
135. When did you have a Facebook account?
A. How long do you have a Facebook account?
B. How long did you have a Facebook account?
C. How long had you had a Facebook account?
D. How long have you had a Facebook account?
136. I haven’t called her since she left me.
A. The last time I call her was when she left me.
B. The last time I called her was when she has left me.
C. The last time I called her was when she left me.
D. The last time I have called her was when she left me.
Exercise 14. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
137. Apple MacBook is portable and versatile. I cannot afford it.
A. Although Apple MacBook is portable and versatile, I cannot afford it.
B. Because Apple MacBook is portable and versatile, I cannot afford it.
C . I f A p p l e M a cB ô ô k is n’t p ô r ta b l e a nd v e r s a ti l e , I m ig h t a ff ô r d it .
D. No matter how portable and versatile Apple MacBook is, I can afford it.
138. William found a science book. It included instructions for building a windmill.
A. William found a science book which included instructions for building a windmill.
B. What William found is a science book included instructions for building a windmill.
C. William found how a science book included instructions for building a windmill.
D. Where William found a science book included instructions for building a windmill.
139. They didn’t think Newton could do it. He was confident.
A . B e ca u s e th e y d id n’t t h in k Ne w tô n cô u l d d ô it , h e w a s cô nfid e nt .
B . T h e y d id n’t t h in k Ne w tô n c ô u l d do it because he was confident.
C . T h e y d id n’t t h in k Ne w tô n cô u l d d ô it n ô m a tt e r h ô w c ô nfid e nt h e w a s
D. If they had thought Newton could do it, he would have been more confident.
140. Bell succeeded with his new invention. People were able to talk to each other over great distances.
A . B e ca u s e B e l l ’s s u cce s s w it h th e ne w in v e nt iô n , p e ô p l e w e r e a b l e tô ta l k tô e a ch ô th e r ô v e r great distances.
B . I n s p it e ô f B e l l ’s s u cce s s w it h th e ne w in v e nt iô n, p e ô p l e w e r e a b l e tô ta l k tô e a ch ô th e r over great distances.
C . O w in g tô B e l l ’s s u cce s s w it h th e ne w in v e nt iô n, p e ô p l e w e r e a b l e tô ta l k tô e a ch ô th e r ô v e r great distances.
D . S i n c e B e l l ’ s s u c c e s s w i t h t h e n e w i n v e n t i ô n , p e ô p l e w e r e a b l e t ô t a l k t ô e a c h ô t h e r ô v e r g r e a t distances.
_________THE END___________
TOPIC 6. Gender equality
I. VOCABULARY:
01. address / ә ’dr e s / v Gia ̉ i q u y e ́ t
02. affect / ә ’f e k t / v A ̉ nh h ư ơ ̉ ng
03. caretaker / ’k e әteik әr/ n N g ư ơ ̀ i tr ô ng c ô i
04. challenge /t ʃælind ʒ/ n/v Th a ́ c h thư ́ c
05. discrimination / dis k r imi’ne i ʃn/ n Kì thị
06. education / e ’du ’k e i ʃn/ n Gia ́ ô du ̣ c
07. effective / i’f e k t iv / a Hie ̣ u q u a ̉
08. eliminate / i’l imine it / v X ô ́ a b ô ̉ , l ô a ̣ i MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 043
09. encourage / in’k rid ʒ/ v Kh u y e ́ n k h íc h
10. enroll / in’r ә ʊl/ v Đa ng k í h ô ̣ c
11. enrollment / in’r ә ʊlm әnt/ n Đa ng k í h ô ̣ c
12. equal / ’ik w әl/ a C ô ng b a ̀ ng
13. equality / i’k w ɔl әti/ n Bình đa ̉ ng
14. force /f ɔ:s/ v E ́ p b u ô ̣ c
15. gender /’d ʒend әr/ n Giơ ́ i tín h
16. government / ’g v әnm әnt/ n C h ính ph u ̉
17. income / in’k m/ n Th u nh a ̣ p
18. inequality / ini’k w ɔl әti/ n Ba ́ t b ình đa ̉ ng
19. limitation / l imi’te i ʃn/ n S ư ̣ g iơ ́ i h a ̣ n
20. loneliness / ’l ә ʊnlin әs/ n S ư ̣ c ô đơ n
21. opportunity / ɔp ә ’t j ʊn әti/ n C ơ h ô ̣ i
22. personal / ’pз:s әnl/ a C a ́ nh a n
23. preference / ’pr e f r әns/ n S ơ ̉ thíc h
24. progress / ’pr ә ʊgres/ n S ư ̣ tie ́ n b ô ̣
25. property / ’pr ɔp әti/ n Ta ̀ i sa ̉ n
26. pursue /p ә ’su: / v Th e ô đu ô ̉ i
27. qualified / ’k w ɔlifaid/ a Đu ̉ na ng l ư ̣ c
28. remarkable / r i’ma : k әbl/ a Đa ́ ng k e ̉ , l ơ ́ n
29. right /rait/ n Q u y e ̀ n
30. sue /su:/ v Kie ̣ n
31. treatment / ’t r i : m әnt/ n C ư xư ̉
32. violence / ’va i әl әns/ n Ba ̣ ô l ư ̣ c
33. violent / ’va i әl әnt/ a Ba ̣ ô l ư ̣ c
34. wage /weid ʒ/ n Lư ơ ng ( t u a ̀ n)
35. workforce / ’w з:kf ɔ:s/ n La ô đô ̣ ng
II. PRONUNCIATION: The voiceless consonants of /p/ /f/ / / /t/ /s/
III. GRAMMAR: 1. The Passive Voice with Modals 2. The Uses if Modals
IV. PRACTICE TEST:
Unit 6. GENDER EQUALITY
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
01. A. women B. follow C. concentrate D. project
02. A. address B. allow C. traffic D. rural
03. A. minimum B. influence C. eliminate D. bias
04. A. prevent B. education C. dependent D. eliminate
05. A. encourage B. contribute C. delicious D. college
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
06. A. career B. gender C. equal D. bias
07. A. enroll B. rural C. allow D. prefer
08. A. abandon B. dependent C. preference D. exhausted
09. A. unequal B. enrolment C. encourage D. minimum
10. A. physically B. equality C. remarkably D. discriminate
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
11. This year, more girls enrolled on courses in art and design.
A. avoided B. inserted C. erased D. enlisted MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 044
12. In some rural areas, women and girls are forced to do most of the housework.
A. invited B. encouraged C. made D. contributed
13. Our government has done a lot to eliminate gender inequality.
A. cause B. remove C. add D. allow
14. We never allow any kind of discrimination against girls at school.
A. approve B. deny C. refuse D. debate
15. Women do not yet have equal rights in the family in this area.
A. variable B. similar C. different D. the same
16. It's time we banned discrimination at work.
A. bias B. equity C. fairness D. similarity
17. Both male and female students in my class perform very well.
A. assign B. work C. communicate D. entertain
1 8 . M a ny pe ô p l e in ô u r cô u nt r y s ti l l th in k m a r r i e d w ô m e n s h ô u l d n’t pursue a career.
A. attempt B. attach C. achieve D. want
19. Most employers prefer male workers to female ones.
A. want B. compliment C. care about D. favour
20. She failed to get into medical university.
A. passed B. qualified C . d id n’t s u cce e d D. satisfied
21. In order to be successful, we should never give up hope.
A. fight B. abandon C. continue D. suspect
22. Gender discrimination has become a hot subject of conversations among school students.
A. topic B. study C. fact D. case
23. The government took big steps to prevent gender inequality.
A. increase B. avoid C. promote D. cause
24. Those people who have enough courage and will are likely to be successful.
A. energy B. motivation C. bravery D. desire
25. Nowadays, many women are aware of gender preferences in favour of boys.
A. fail B. ignore C. deny D. acknowledge
26. With great effort, she passed the driving test at the first attempt.
A. succeeded in B. failed C. enrolled D. deferred
27. Female firefighters are sometimes the targets of laughter and anger from the coworkers and
local people. A. reasons B. sources C. directions D. victims
28. Many women had to pay a heavy price to win equality.
A. achieve B. lose C. attempt D. respect
29. Traditional women are often passive and dependent on their husbands.
A. free B. reliant C. adhered D. strong
30. Women will be exhausted if they have to cover both jobs at work and at home.
A. very relaxed B. very pleased C. very tired D. very happy
31. Men should share household chores with women in their families.
A. cover B. finish C. take D. split
32. The Government has raised the national minimum wage.
A. bonus B. expense C. waste D. pay
33. They were qualified for the job, but they were not recruited.
A. competitive B. selected C. competent D. applied
34. Wage discrimination affects women negatively.
A. motivates B. influences C. encourages D. affords
35. How are governments addressing the problem of inequality in wages?
A. focusing on B. raising C. creating D. ignoring
36. Many countries now allow and encourage women to join the army and the police forces.
A. permit B. force C. make D. prevent
37. We should encourage women to join more social activities.
A. prevent B. stimulate C. permit D. forbid
38. Working mothers contribute to household income.
A. reduce B. take C. add D. double
39. Family values are likely to pass down from generation to generation. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 045
A. put down B. cut down C. go down D. hand down
40. Women's salaries are becoming important to their household budgets.
A. funds B. costs C. expenses D. fees
41. Experiences at work help women to widen their knowledge.
A. eliminate B. broaden C. restrict D. spoil
42. If women have to do too much housework, they cannot concentrate or work effectively.
A. learn B. distract C. focus D. ignore
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
43. The gender gap in primary education has been eliminated.
A. variety B. inconsistency C. difference D. similarity
44. The United Kingdom has made a remarkable progress in gender equality.
A. insignificant B. impressive C. notable D. famous
45. Men and women equally gain first class degrees.
A. acquire B. lose C. achieve D. Obtain
46. The United Kingdom still faces challenges in gender equality.
A. fairness B. inequality C. evenness D. equilibrium
47. Much has to be done to achieve gender equality in employment opportunities.
A. attain B. obtain C. reach D. abandon
48. People have eliminated poverty and hunger in many parts of the world.
A. created B. eradicated C. phased out D. wiped out
49. Both genders should be provided with equal rights to education, employment and healthcare.
A. deprived of B. furnished with C. equipped with D. supplied with
50. We should not allow any kind of discrimination against women and girls.
A. inequality B. hatred C. unbiased feeling D. intolerance
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
51. A lot of people think that marriage w ô m e n s h ô u l d n’t pursue a career.
A B C D
52. We must stop discrimination on people coming from the rural area.
A B C D
53. My brother is good with cooking and he can cook very delicious food.
A B C D
54. I guess they may be kept home doing housework and look after their children.
A B C D
55. Women in rural areas might be forced to work both at home but on the fields.
A B C D
56. Some people think that girls s h ô u l d n’t b e allowed to going to university.
A B C D
57. Gender discrimination should be eliminated for create equal opportunities in education for
everyone.
A B C D
58. More girls should being chosen to represent us in the School Youth Union.
A B C D
59. Both women and men should be given equal rights for education and employment.
A B C D
60. This discrimination against women and girls must be abolishing.
A B C D
61. Efforts should be make to offer all children equal access to education.
A B C D
62. It is clear that gender differences cannot prevent a person to pursue a job.
A B C D MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 046
63. Traditional women were mainly responsible to doing housework and looking after their
husbands and children. A B C
D
64. Doing housework every day is really boring and tired.
A B C D
65. In the past, women was often passive and dependent on their husbands.
A B C D
66. Women usually get less pay as men for doing the same job.
A B C D
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
67. It is important that men should share household tasks________ their wives.
A. to B. with C. for D. against
68. Women are more hard-working than men although they are physically________ weaker.
A. more B. as C. so D. 0
69. Women are likely to become trouble-makers________ they are too talkative.
A. in order B. so C. because D. thus
70. Some people tend to wrongly believe that men are not as good________ children as women.
A. with B. as C. at D. on
71. Not many people are aware________ male preference in this company.
A. for B. on C. about D of
72. I don't think mothers should be discouraged________ outside the home.
A. to work B. from working C. to working D. Working
7 3 . M ô r e a nd m ô r e g ir l s a p p l y _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ m a l e s ’ j obs these days.
A. by B. for C. about D. to
74. Working mothers can inspire their kids________ their hard work and devotion.
A. with B. about C. at D. for
75. Now I wish I could________ a medical career to become a doctor.
A. pursuing B. be pursuing C. be pursued D. pursue
7 6 . E d u ca te d w ô m e n a r e b e cô m in g l e s s d e p e nd e nt _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ th e ir h u s b a nd s ’ d e cis iô ns .
A. about B. of C. on D. for
77. This policewoman is famous________ her courage and strong will.
A. with B. for C. on D. about
78. I am thinking________ becoming a childcare worker because I love children.
A. of B. with C. for D. on
79. A lot of things need to be done________ gender equality in education, employment and healthcare.
A. promoting B. in promoting C. for promoting D. to promote
80. Nowadays, a number of parents still have preference for boys________ girls.
A. rather B. than C. over D. instead
8 1 . Wô m e n’s s a l a r ie s a r e g e tt in g m ô r e im p ô r ta nt _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ th e i r h ô u s e h ô l d in cô m e .
A. at B. to C. in D. within
82. I think everybody should be provided________ equal access to health services.
A. with B. on C. for D. to
83. Gender discrimination must________ in order to create a better society.
A. eliminate B. be eliminating C. be eliminated D. eliminated
84. This company can________ for wage discrimination among workers of different genders.
A. be sued B. be suing C. sue D. sued
85. Poor women in disadvantaged areas should________ more help by governments.
A. offer B. be offered C. be offering D. offered
86. Married women should be encouraged________ a career of their preference.
A. pursued B. pursue C. to pursue D. from pursuing
87. Domestic violence________ women and girls must be wiped out at any cost.
A. on B.at C. for D. against
88. Having good education enables women________ equality.
A. to achieve B. achieve C. to achieving D. achieved
89. We all need to cooperate to fight________ racism and gender discrimination. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 047
A. for B. against C. in D. about
90. The women in this company have been demanding equal pay________ equal work.
A. against B. on C. for D. with
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following
exchanges. Two friends Nam and Lan are talking about the topic of gender equality.
91. Nam : “ Dô y ô u th in k t h a t t h e r e a r e a ny j ô b s w h ich ô nl y m e n ô r ô n l y w ô m e n ca n ô r s h ô u l d d ô ?”
Lan : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Men are better at certain jobs than women.
B. I agree. This really depends on their physical strengths and preferences.
C. Women and men should cooperate with each other.
D. Men are often favoured in certain jobs.
92. Lan : “ Wô u l d y ô u r a th e r w ô r k f ô r a m a l e ô r f e m a l e b ô s s ?” Nam : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A . I ’v e b e e n s e l f -employed for five years. B . I d ô n’t l ike w ô r k in g u nd e r ti m e p r e s s u r e .
C. I prefer a male boss. D. I ca n’t s t a nd th e w ô m e n g ô s s ip s .
93. Nam : “ Wô u l d y ô u r a th e r h a v e a m a l e ô r a f e m a l e s e cr e ta r y ?” Lan : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I want to have a female one. B. The number of female secretaries is increasing.
C. The number of female secretaries is staying the same.
D. Female secretaries outnumber male ones.
94. Lan : “ H ô w d ô t h e r ô l e s ô f m e n a nd w ô m e n d iff e r in y ô u r f a m i l y ?” Nam : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A . M ô s t ô f m e n d ô n’t w a nt t ô s ta y a t home. B. Women are changing their roles.
C. Most men are very bossy and arrogant. D. Men are breadwinners and women are caregivers.
95. Nam : “ Wh ich g e nd e r , d ô y ô u th in k , w ô r k s h a r d e r : m a l e ô r f e m a l e ? Lan : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I think it depends on individuals rather than gender.
B. Males like high position jobs more than females.
C. Females prefer to have a stable job.
D. Both males and females are responsible for childcare.
96. Nam : “ Wh ich g e nd e r s p e nd s m ô s t ô f th e ti m e s h ô p p in g ?” Lan : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Shopping has always been my hobby. B. More and more people are shopping online these days.
C. Both genders like shopping. D. It depends on who keeps the money.
9 7 . Na m : “ Wh ich g e nd e r is m ô s t l ike l y tô a s k s tr a ng e r s f ô r d ir e ctiô ns ?” Lan: “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Men sometimes ask strangers for directions as well.
B. Women are because their sense of space and directions is worse.
C. Both men and women can use GPS these days.
D. GPS is very useful to help car drivers.
98. Nam : “ Wh y a r e th e r e g e ne r a l l y s ô f e w w ô m e n i n t ô p p ô s it i ô ns ?” Lan : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Top positions are the highest in career ladder. B. Top positions are hard to climb to.
C. I guess men tend to make better leaders. D. Women also want to climb to top positions.
99. Nam : “ W h ich g e nd e r te nd s tô l ive l ô ng e r ?” Lan : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Women tend to live 5 years longer than men. B. Women like a peaceful and quiet life.
C. Men want to live an active life. D. Both men and women tend to live longer.
100. Nam : “ A s w ô m e n l ive l ô ng e r t h a n m e n, s h ô u l d t h e y r e ti r e l a te r ?” Lan : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. When women are retired, they want to enjoy life.
B. When men are retired, they still want to continue working.
C. The government is still discussing the retirement age.
D. I don't think so. Physically, they are weaker and they need to retire earlie
101. Lan : “ Wh a t b e h a v iô u r s a r e ô nl y s e e n a s a p p r ô p r ia te f ô r w ô m e n? Nam : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Women are getting more and more independent.
B. In some places, women still suffer gender discrimination.
C . I d ô n’t r e a l l y k nô w . M a y b e g ô s s ip in g a nd cr y in g in p u b l ic p l a ce s .
D. Gender discrimination should be abolished.
102. Lan : “ Wh a t b e h a v iô u r s a r e ô nl y s e e n a s a p p r ô p r ia te f ô r m e n?” Nam : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. What ar e m e n’s a p p r ô p r ia te b e h a v iô u r s ?
B. There are many, such as offering to pay for meals or drinks. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 048
C . M e n, in g e ne r a l , d ô n’t h a v e a p p r ô p r ia te b e h a v iô u r s .
D. M e n d ô n’t w a nt ô th e r p e ô p l e tô c r it ici z e th e m .
103. Lan : “ Wh a t cl ô t h in g is a p p r ô p r ia te f ô r w ô m e n b u t n ô t fô r m e n?” Nam : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. They are long dresses and skirts. B. Men are also changing their fashion styles.
C. Many clothes now are uni-sex. D. M e n s h ô u l d ne v e r w e a r w ô m e n’s cl ô th e s .
104. Nam : “ Wh ich g e nd e r is b e tt e r a t t e a m s p ô r ts ?” Lan : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Women are better at individual sports. B. Both men and women can do sports.
C. Physically, men are stronger than women. D. Certainly, men are better.
105. Lan : “ Wh ich g e nd e r d ô y ô u th i nk s tu d ie s m ô s t?” Nam : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Studying is quite long lasting.
B. This depends more on individuals rather than genders.
C. Gender discrimination in education is a hot debate.
D. Female students should also be allowed to further their studies.
Part V. READING
Exercise 8. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
THE SUFFRAGETTES
England has had a democracy for a long time. Until 1918, however, women were not allowed
(106) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ in it . T h e r ig h t t ô v ô te is ca l l e d ‘s u ff r a g e ’ a nd th e E ng l is h w ô m e n w h ô fô u g h t
(1 0 7 )_ _ _ _ _ _ _ a nd w ô n t h a t r i g h t w e r e ca l l e d “ s u ff r a g e tt e s ” .
The suffragette movement was led by Emmiline Pankhurst. In 1903, she (108)_______ an
organization called the Wô m e n’s S ô cia l a nd P ô l it ica U ni ô n (WS P U ) . M e m b e r s ô f th e WSP U w e nt tô th e P r im e M in is te r tô (1 0 9 ) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ s u ff r a g e , b u t h e tô l d th e m t ô “ b e p a ti e nt ” . T h e s u ff r a g e tt e s w e r e not (110)_______. They wanted change immediately.
The fight for the vote for women became (111)_______ and sometimes violent. In 1908, two
suffragettes (112)_______ themselves to the fence outside the Prime Minister's front door! They were
arrested and spent weeks in jail. In 1912, hundreds of women (113)_______ the streets of London.
The y b r ô k e s h ô p w in d ô w s a nd e v e n th r e w S tô ne s (1 1 4 ) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ th e P r im e M in is te r ’s h ô u s e . Thousands of suffragettes were (115)_______ for this and similar actions over the years.
World War I (1914- 1 9 1 8 ) p r ô v e d t ô b e a n im p ô r ta nt (1 1 6 )_ _ _ _ _ _ _ f ô r th e w ô m e n’s movement. Women contributed so much to the war effort as nurses', factory workers, and at other
jobs that more people became convinced of their right to vote. Women were (117)_______ given that
right in January, 1918.
106. A. to vote B. for vote C. in voting D. vote
107. A. with B. for C. against D. to
108. A. did B. made C. founded D. found
109. A. demand B. ask C. want D. raise
110. A. satisfaction B. satisfactory C. satisfy D. satisfied
111. A. intensive B. intense C. intend D. intention
112. A. trained B. changed C. chained D. charged
113. A. took to B. took in C. took up D. took over
114. A. onto B. on C. over D. at
115. A. jail B. jailed C. jailing D. on jail
116. A. eventual B. even C. event
D. eventually
117. A. finally B. final C. initial D. initially
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer
to each of the questions.
For Catherine Lumby, deciding to take on the role of breadwinner in her relationship was
not a difficult choice. When she discovered she was pregnant with her first child, she had just been
offered a demanding new role as Director of the Media and Communications department at the
University of Sydney. But she didn't see this as an obstacle, and was prepared to use childcare when
the children were old enough. It came, therefore, as a surprise to Lumby and her husband Derek
th a t, a fte r th e b ir th ô f t h e ir s ô n, th e y cô u l d n’t a ct u a l l y b e a r th e th ô u g h t ô f p u tt in g him into childcare
tor nine hours a day. As she was the one with the secure job, the role of primary care-giver fell to MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 049
Derek, who was writing scripts for television. This arrangement continued for the next four years,
with Derek working from home and caring for both of their sons. He returned to full-time work
earlier this year.
Whilst Lumby and her husband are by no means the only Australians making such a role
reversal, research suggests that they are in the minority. In a government-funded survey in 2001,
only 5.5 percent of couples in the 30-54 year age group saw the women working either part- or full-
time while the men were unemployed.
The situation is likely to change, according to the CEO of Relationships Australia, Anne
Hollonds. She suggests that this is due to several reasons, including the number of highly educated
women in the workforce and changing social patterns and expectations. However, she warns that
for couples involved in role-switching, there are many potential difficulties to be overcome. For
men whose self-esteem is connected to their jobs and the income it provides to the family, a major
change of thinking is required. It also requires women to reassess, particularly with regard to
domestic or child-rearing decisions, and they may have to learn to deal with the guilt of not always
being there at key times for their children. Being aware of these issues can make operating in non-
traditional roles a lot easier.
118. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Men being the bread winners B. Traditional roles of women
C. Women being the home makers D. Reversed roles between men and women
119. Catherine and her husband decided that Catherine would be the primary earner
because______.
A. she had a badly paid job B. she was not good at childcare
C. she had a reliable job D. she wanted her husband to stay at home
1 2 0 . I n p a r a g r a p h 1 , t h e w ô r d “ him" refers to_______.
A. their son B. her husband C. Derek D. her colleague
121. They decided that Derek would look after their son because they_______.
A . cô u l d n’t a ff ô r d tô p u t t h e ir c h il d in ca r e for long periods each day
B . d id n’t w a nt t ô p u t t h e ir ch i l d in ca r e f ô r l ô n g p e r iô d s e a ch d a y
C. thought childcare was not safe enough for their children
D. w ô r r ie d a b ô u t t h e ir s ô n’s h e a l th p r ô b l e m s
1 2 2 . I n p a r a g r a p h 2 , t h e w ô r d “ reversal" is closest in meaning to_______.
A. stability B. modification C. rehearsal D. switch
123. One reason for a change in the number of men staying home is_______.
A. the stability in the number of highly-educated women who are working
B. the fall in the number of highly-educated women who are working
C. the rise in the number of highly-educated women who are working
D. the fluctuation in the number of highly-educated women who are working
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
In 1812 a young man called James Barry finished his studies in medicine at Edinburgh
U ni v e r s it y . A fte r g r a d u a ti ng h e m ô v e d tô L ô nd ô n w h e r e h e s tu d ie d s u r g e r y a t G u y ’s H ô s p it a l . A f te r that the popular young doctor joined the army and over the next forty years had a brilliant career
as an army medical officer, working in many far-off countries and fighting successfully for improved
conditions in hospitals. It was a remarkable career - made even more remarkable by the discovery
upon his death that he was in fact a she, James Barry was a woman.
No one was more surprised at this discovery than her many friends and colleagues. It was
true that throughout her life people had remarked upon her small size, slight build and smooth pale
face. One officer had even objected to her appointment as a medical assistant because he could not
believe that Barry was old enough to have graduated in medicine. But no one had ever seriously
suggested that Barry was anything other than a man.
By all accounts Barry was a pleasant and good-humoured person with high cheekbones,
reddish hair, a long nose and large eyes. She was well-liked by her patients and had a reputation
for great speed in surgery - an important quality at a time when operations were performed without
anaesthetic. She was also quick tempered. When she was working in army hospitals and prisons
overseas, the terrible conditions often made her very angry. She fought hard against injustice and MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 050
cruelty and her temper sometimes got her into trouble with the authority. After a long career
ô v e r s e a s , s h e r e tu r ne d tô L ô nd ô n w h e r e s h e d ie d in 1 8 6 5 . Wh il e th e u nd e r ta k e r ’s a s s is ta nt w a s preparing her body for burial, she discovered that James Barry was a woman.
So why did James Barry deceive people for so long? At that time a woman could not study
medicine, work as a doctor or join the army. Perhaps Barry had always wanted to do these things
and pretending to be a man was the only way to make it possible. Perhaps she was going to tell the
tr u th ô ne d a y , b u t d id n’t b e c a u s e s h e w a s e n j ô y in g her life as a man too much. Whatever the reason,
Barry's deception was successful. By the time it was discovered that she had been the first woman
in Britain to qualify as a doctor, it was too late for the authorities to do anything about it.
124. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Gender discrimination among doctors in London
B. James Barry pretended to be a man to become a doctor
C. James Barry and her career overseas
D. P u ni s h m e nt f ô r J a m e s B a r r y ’s d e ce p ti ô n
1 2 5 . I n p a r a g r a p h 1 , t h e w ô r d “ remarkable" is closest in meaning to_______.
A. noticeable B. commented C. rewarding D. focused
126. According to the passage, all of the following are true EXCEPT_______.
A. all people were surprised at the discovery
B. people remarked upon her small size
C. many people suspected that she was a woman
D. people noticed her slight build and smooth pale face
1 2 7 . I n p a r a g r a p h 2 , t h e w ô r d “ objected" is closest in meaning to_______.
A. shared B. agreed C. protected D. protested
128. According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE about James Barry?
A. She could control her temper perfectly. B. She lost her temper easily.
C. She never lost her temper. D. She was calm and well-behaved.
129. According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE about James Barry?
A. She performed her operations quickly. B. She performed her operations slowly.
C. She performed her operations carelessly. D. Her patients did not like her very much.
1 3 0 . I n p a r a g r a p h 4 , t h e w ô r d “ it" refers to_______.
A. Barry's choice B . B a r r y ’s ca r e e r C . B a r r y ’s d e ce p ti ô n D. Barry's reputation
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 11. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
131. The government should create more job opportunities for women in rural areas.
A. Women in rural areas should create more jobs for the government.
B. More job opportunities should be created for the government by the women in rural areas.
C. More job opportunities should be created for women in rural areas by the government.
D. Rural areas should be created more job opportunities by women in the government.
132. We all object to wage discrimination.
A. We all support wage discrimination. B. We all protest against wage discrimination.
C. We all struggle for wage discrimination. D. Wage discrimination is what we fight for.
133. Health care insurance should be provided for everyone.
A. All people should have access to health care insurance.
B. Health care insurance should be free for everyone.
C. Everyone should have free access to health care insurance.
D. Only a limited number of people can access free health care insurance.
134. In some rural areas, parents still prefer their sons to their daughters.
A. Sons are not as favoured as daughters in some rural areas.
B. Parents in some rural areas like their daughters more than their sons.
C. Parents in some rural areas still favour their sons rather than daughters.
D. Daughters are more preferable than sons in some rural areas.
135. Single-sex schools should be abolished by the government.
A. Single-sex schools should be controlled by the government. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 051
B. Single-sex schools should be allowed to multiply by the government.
C. The government should promote single-sex schools.
D. The government should eradicate single-sex schools.
Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
136. Gender discrimination in education starts at home. Parents treat boys and girls differently.
A . I f p a r e n t s d ô n ’ t t r e a t b ô y s a n d g i r l s d i f f e r e n t l y , g e n d e r d i s c r i m i n a t i ô n i n e d u c a t i ô n s t a rt s a t h ô m e .
B. Gender discrimination in education starts at home unless parents treat boys and girls differently.
C. Gender discrimination in education starts at home if parents treat boys and girls differently.
D. If gender discrimination in education starts at home, patents treat boys and girls the same.
137. Gender differences cannot prevent a person from pursuing a job. Success comes to those who have
enough courage and will.
A. Unless success comes to those who have enough courage and will, gender differences
cannot prevent a person from pursuing a job.
B. Gender differences cannot prevent a person from pursuing a job unless success comes to
those who have enough courage and will.
C. Gender differences can prevent a person from pursuing a job because success comes to
those who have enough courage and will.
D. Gender differences cannot prevent a person from pursuing a job because success comes
to those who have enough courage and will.
138. Men should share household tasks with their wives. This helps to maintain gender equality at home.
A. Men should share household tasks with their wives unless this helps to maintain gender
equality at home.
B. Men should share household tasks with their wives in order to maintain gender equality
at home.
C. Men should share household tasks with their wives, but this helps to maintain gender
equality at home.
D. Men shouldn't share household tasks with their wives because this helps to maintain
gender equality at home.
139. Women have to do too much work. They will be exhausted.
A. If women have to do too much work, they will be exhausted.
B. Unless women have to do too much work, they will be exhausted.
C. As long as women d ô n’t I h a v e tô d ô tô ô m u c h w ô r k , t h e y w il l b e e x h a u s te d .
D. I n ca s e w ô m e n h a v e tô d ô tô ô m u ch w ô r k , th e y w ô n’t b e e x h a u s te d .
140. Wage discrimination affects women negatively. This should be abolished.
A. Wage discrimination should be abolished, so it affects women negatively.
B. Wage discrimination affects women negatively because this should be abolished.
C. Wage discrimination affects women negatively, so this should be abolished.
D. Wage discrimination should be abolished unless it affect women negatively.
__________THE END_________
TOPIC 7. Cultural diversity
I. VOCABULARY:
01. alert / ә ’l з:t/ a Tỉn h ta ́ ô
02. altar /’ ɔ:t әr/ n Ba ̀ n t h ơ ̀
03. ancestor /’ænsest әr/ n Tô ̉ tie n
04. Aquarius / ә ’k w e әri әs/ n S a ô Th u ̉ y b ình
05. Aries / ’e әris/ n S a ô Ba ̣ c h dư ơ ng
06. assignment / ә ’sa im әnt/ n Ba ̀ i ta ̣ p
07. best-man / ’b e s t m æn/ n P h u ̀ r e ̉
08. bride /braid/ n Cô dâu
09. groom /gru:m/ n C h u ́ r e ̉
10. bridesmaid / ’b r a idz me id / n P h u ̀ da u
11. Cancer / ’kæns әr/ n S a ô C ư ̣ g ia ̉ i MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 052
12. Capricorn / ’kæprik ɔ:n/ n Sao Ma k e ́ t
13. complicated / ’k ɔmplikeitid/ a P h ư ́ c ta ̣ p
14. contrast / ’k ɔntra:st/ n Tr a ́ i ng ư ơ ̣ c
15. contrast /k ә n’t r a : s t / v Tư ơ ng ph a ̉ n
16. crowded / ’k r a ʊdid/ a Đô ng , c h a ̣ t
17. decent / ’di: s n t / a Lịc h sư ̣
18. diversity / da i’v з:s әti/ n Đa da ̣ ng
19. engaged / in’g e id ʒ/ a Đính h ô n
20. engagement / in’g e id ʒm әnt/ n Le ̃ đính h ô n
21. export / ’e k s p ɔ:t/ n Đô ̀ xu a ́ t k h a ̉ u
22. export / ik ’sp ɔ:t / v X u a ́ t k h a ̉ u
23. favorable / ’f e i v әr әbl/ a Th u a ̣ n l ơ ̣ i
24. fortune /f ɔ:t ʃu:n/ n V a ̣ n ma y
25. funeral / ’f j ʊn әr әl/ n Đa ́ m t a ng
26. garter / ’g a : t әr/ n N ịt b ít ta ́ t
27. Gemini /’d ʒeminai/ n S a ô S ô ng tư ̉
28. handkerchief /hæŋk әt ʃip/ n Kh ă n t a y
29. high status / h a i’s t e it әs/ n Địa vị c a ô
30. honeymoon / ’h nimu:n/ n Tu a ̀ n t r a ng m a ̣ t
31. horoscope / ’h ɔr әsk ә ʊp/ n Tư ̉ vi
32. import / ’imp ɔ:t/ n Đô ̀ nh a ̣ p k h a ̉ u
33. import / im’sp ɔ:t/ v N h a ̣ p k h a ̉ u
34. influence / ’inf l u әns/ n/v A ̉ nh h ư ơ ̉ ng
35. legend / ’l ed ʒ әnd/ n Tr u y e ̀ n t h u y e ́ t
30. honeymoon / ’h nimu:n/ n Tu a ̀ n t r a ng m a ̣ t
31. horoscope / ’h ɔr әsk ә ʊp/ n Tư ̉ vi
32. import / ’imp ɔ:t/ n Đô ̀ nh a ̣ p k h a ̉ u
33. import / im’sp ɔ:t/ v N h a ̣ p k h a ̉ u
34. influence / ’inf l u әns/ n/v A ̉ nh h ư ơ ̉ ng
35. legend / ’l ed ʒ әnd/ n Tr u y e ̀ n t h u y e ́ t
36. lentil / ’l e nt l / n Đa ̣ u l a ng
37. Leo / ’l i: ә ʊ/ n S a ô S ư tư ̉
38. Libra / ’l ib r a / v Sao Th ie n b ình
39. life partner / l a if ‘ p a : t n әr/ ph Ba ̣ n đơ ̀ i
40. magpie / ’mægpai/ n C h íc h c h ô ̀ e
41. majority /m ә ’dʒɔr әti/ n S ô ́ đô ng
42. mystery / ’mist r i/ n Bí a ̉ n
43. object /’ ɔbd ʒekt/ n V a ̣ t the ̉
44. object / әb’d ʒekt/ v P h a ̉ n đô ́ i
45. Pisces / ’pa is i : z / n S a ô S ô ng ng ư
46. present / ’pr e z n t / a Hie ̣ n t a ̣ i
47. present / ’pr e z n t / n Mô ́ n q u a ̀
48. present / pr i’z e n t / v Tr ình b a ̀ y
49. prestigious / pr e ’ s t id ʒ әs/ a Uy tín
50. proposal /pr ә ’p ә ʊzl/ n C a ̀ u h ô n
51. protest / ’pr ә ʊtest / n S ư ̣ ph a ̉ n đô ́ i
52. protest /pr ә ’t e s t / v P h a ̉ n đô ́ i
53. rebel / ’r e b l / n N ô ̉ i l ô a ̣ n
54. rebel / r i’b e l / v N ô ̉ i l ô a ̣ n
55. ritual / ’r it ʃu әl/ n Le ̃ ng h i MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 053
56. Sagittarius /sæd ʒ i’t e әri әs/ n S a ô N h a n ma ̃
57. Scorpio / ’sk ɔpi ә ʊ/ n S a ô Th ie n y e ́ t
58. soul /s ә ʊl/ n Linh h ô ̀ n
59. superstition /su:p ә s ’ t i ʃn/ n Me tín
60. superstitious /su:p ә s ’ t i ʃ әs/ a Me tín
61. sweep /swi:p/ v Q u e ́ t
62. take place /teik pleis/ v D ie ̃ n r a
63. Taurus / ’t ɔ:r әs/ n S a ô Kim ng ư u
64. veil /veil/ n Ma ̣ ng c h e
65. venture / ’ve n t ʃ әr/ n D ư ̣ a ́ n
66. Virgo / ’vз:g ә ʊ/ n S a ô X ư ̉ nư ̃
67. wealth /wel / n Gia ̀ u c ô ́
68. wedding
ceremony
reception
/ ’w e di ŋ/ n C ư ơ ́ i
69. / ’se r әm әni/ n Le ̃ c ư ơ ́ i
70. / r i’s e p ʃn/ n Tie ̣ c c ư ơ ́ i
I I . P RO NU NC I A T I O N: T h e v ô ice l e s s cô ns ô na nt s ô f / ʃ / / t∫/ /k/ /h/
III. GRAMMAR: 1. Comparative and Superlative 2. Articles
IV. PRACTICE TEST:
Unit 7. CULTURAL DIVERSITY
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
01. A. protest B. wedding C. reception D. success
02. A. present B. decrease C. increase D. mouse
03. A. complicated B. bridegroom C. originate D. superstition
04. A. country B. contrast C. culture D. ceremony
05. A. good B. moon C. groom D. food
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
06. A. increase B. engage C. prepare D. propose
07. A. happy B. perfect C. formal D. married
08. A. couple B. promise C. import D. wedding
09. A. export B. decrease C. present D. belief
10. A. contrast B. object C. rebel D. support
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following
questions.
11. In some Asian countries, the groom and bride________ their wedding rings in front of the altar.
A. change B. exchange C. give D. take
1 2 . I n S c ô tl a nd , t h e b r id e ’s m ô th e r m a y in v it e t h e w e d d in g g u e s ts tô h e r h ô u s e t o________ off all the
wedding gifts. A. show B. turn C. put D. get
13. On the wedding day, the best man is expected to help the________.
A. bride B. groom C. guest D. bridesmaid
14. In the past, the________ and engagement ceremonies took place one or two years before the
wedding. A. propose B. proposing C. proposal D. proposed
15. Superstitions________ an important part in the lives of many people in Viet Nam.
A. take B. act C. occupy D. play
16. Viet Nam has kept a variety of superstitious________ about daily activities.
A. believe B. believing C. beliefs D. believable
17. Traditionally, most Vietnamese people never________ the floor during the first three days of the
New Year. A. sweep B. paint C. polish D. resurface
18. Viet Nam is a country situated in Asia, where many mysteries and legends________.
A. origin B. originate C. original D. originally MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 054
19. The British usually pay a lot of________ to good table manners and are expected to use knives,
forks and spoons properly.
A. money B. care C. attention D. compliment
20. In the U.S, children can choose their own partners even if their parents object________ their choice.
A. to B. for C. against D. with
21. In the UK, 18-year-olds tend to receive a silver key as a present to________ their entry into the
adult world. A. symbol B. symbolic C. symbolize D. symbolist
2 2 . I n A u s tr a l ia , ô n M ô th e r ’s Da y , th e s e cô nd S u nd a y in M a y , ch il d r e n p r e p a r e a nd _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ t h e ir m ô th e r s ‘b r e a k fa s t i n b e d ’.
A. cook B. serve C. display D. present
23. People in Mexico________ Mother's Day on May 10 by giving their mothers handmade gifts,
flowers, clothing and household appliances.
A. open B. memorize C. celebrate D. perform
2 4 . I n V ie t Na m , y ô u s h ô u l d n’t _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ a t s ô m e b ô d y ’s h ô u s e ô n th e 1 s t day of the New Year unless
you have been invited by the house owner.
A. show up B. get up C. put up D. go up
25. The newly-weds will fly to Venice to spend their________ tomorrow.
A. vacation B. honeymoon C. holiday D. marriage
26. After the wedding ceremony at the church, they go to the hotel for the wedding________.
A. cake B. ring C. day D. reception
27. The bride and groom cut the wedding cake and________ speeches.
A. prepared B. wrote C. heard D. made
2 8 . S ô m e K ô r e a ns b e l ie v e th a t it ’s i mpolite to________ eye contact with a person who has a high
position. A. maintain B. lose C. show D. put
2 9 . B r a z i l ia ns ô fte n_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ e a ch ô th e r ’s a r m s , h a nd s ô r s h ô u l d e r s d u r in g a cô nve r s a ti ô n.
A. lend B. shake C. touch D. move
30. American people are very informal at home, so they often________ their hands to eat some kinds
of food. A. use B. lend C. wash D. shake
31. Egypt is a traditional country, and it has many customs that are different________ the U.S.
A. of B. from C. to D. for
32. English people believe that it is unlucky to open an umbrella in the house, which will
bring________ to the person who has opened it.
A. loss B. misfortune C. success D. truth
33. Superstition suggests that you'll get seven years of bad luck if you________ a mirror.
A. break B. buy C. borrow D. see
34. In the UK, seven is usually regarded________ the luckiest number while thirteen is the opposite.
A. as B. like C. with D. for
35. Polite behavior in one country, however, may be________ in another part of the world.
A. formal B. informal C. impolite D. appropriate
36. In Germany, it is important to arrive________ time when you are invited to someone's house.
A. in B. after C. before D. on
37. Learning about cultural differences in politeness helps you avoid a lot of________.
A. embarrass B. embarrassment C. embarrassed D. embarrassing
38. On many days of the year, Vietnamese people not only________ the table for meals, but they also
put food on the altar for their ancestors.
A. lay B. lie C. book D. clear
39. The woman you are engaged to is your________.
A. fiancé B. bridesmaid C. match-maker D. fiancée
40. At the church ceremony, the couple have to make their wedding________.
A. vows B. invitations C. flowers D. cakes
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A. B. C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
41. Mary is planning to tie the knot with her German boyfriend next June.
A. get married B. say goodbye C. get together D. fall in love MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 055
42. In some Asian countries like Viet Nam or China, money is given to the newly-married couple as
a wedding present. A. gift B. donation C. souvenir D. contribution
43. In Viet Nam, it is customary to choose a favourable day for occasions such as wedding, funerals,
or house-moving days.
A. suitable B. favourite C. beautiful D. whole
44. Americans value freedom and do not like to be dependent on other people.
A. addicted B. supportive C. reliant D. responsible
45. In most American families, parents have less influence on their children than those in other
parts of the world. A. power B. effect C. attention D. care
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
46. Being practical, Americans avoid taking jobs which are beyond their ability.
A. out of B. far from C. within D. inside
47. In many countries, it is customary for the bride to throw her bouquet of flowers into a crowd
of well-wishers. A. uncommon B. inadvisable C. usual D. normal
48. To an American, success is the result of hard work and self-reliance.
A. devotion B. industry C. laziness D. enthusiasm
49. Success has always meant providing their families with a decent standard of living.
A. high B. good C. acceptable D. low
50. Stores everywhere compete to sell their distinctive versions of Christmas cake before the
holiday. A. different B. various C. similar D special
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
51. These days, in India, there are________ married couples who live on their own than before.
A. more B. many C. less D. little
52. In some countries in the Middle East, people stand________ to each other than those in North
America in a conversation.
A. most closely B. more closely C. closer D. closest
53. Wedding ceremonies are________ now than they used to be in the past.
A. less complicated B. the most complicated C. as complicated D. the least complicated
54. It's much________ to celebrate a small and cozy wedding to save money.
A. best B. better C. the best D. the better
55. In some Asian families, parents tend to have far________ control over their children than those in
some American families.
A. the most B. the more C. more D. most
5 6 . T h is is _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ w e d d in g p a r ty I ’v e e v e r a tt e n d e d .
A. the more memorable B. more memorable C. the most memorable D. most memorable
57. Chocolates and flowers are by far________ presents for mothers on Mother's Day in the UK.
A. more popular B. the more popular C. less popular D. the most popular
58. Chuseok is one of ________ celebrations in the Korean calendar when Koreans give thanks to
nature. A. the most important B. the more important
C. the less important D. more important
59. The more polite you appear to be, ________ your partner will be.
A. the happiest B. the happier C. the most happily D. the more happily
60. Of the two bridesmaids, Lisa turned out to be________.
A. the most charming B. the least charming C. more charming D the more charming
61. The Korean are________ than the American in addressing their bosses.
A. more formal B. formal C. most formal D. the most formal
62. There are________ occasions for giving gifts in modern societies than before.
A. less B. more C. the least D. the most
63. June has become________ month for weddings in many countries when the symbolic flowers,
roses, usually bloom. A. more popular B. less popular C. the most popular D. the least popular
64. Before doing something important, Vietnamese people always try to choose________ time for it.
A. better B. less good C. the least good D. the best MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 056
6 5 . M y g r a nd m ô th e r f e e l s m u ch _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ w h e ne v e r I g ive h e r a h ô m e m a d e ca k e ô n M ô th e r ’s Da y .
A. happier B. more happily C. the happiest D. the most happily
66. People in________ Western countries are often surprised to learn that________ Japanese celebrate
Christmas. A. Ø - Ø B. the - the C. the - Ø D. Ø - the
6 7 . I n J a p a n, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ m ô s t im p ô r ta nt h ô l id a y ô f_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ s e a s ô n is Ne w Y e a r ’s D a y , w h ich cô m e s ô ne week after Christmas. A. the - the B. Ø – the C. the – Ø D. the – a
6 8 . I n I nd ia , in th e ô l d d a y s , _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ g i r l ’s fa m il y u s e d tô g ive _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ b ô y ’s fa m il y a gift like money or
jewelry. A. a – a B. a – the C. the – a D. the – the
69. It is appropriate to bring________ small gift when visiting________ home in the U.S.
A. the - a B. a – a C. a – the D. the – the
70. Traditionally, ________ bride and groom go on their honeymoon immediately after________
wedding reception. A. a - the B. the – a C. the – the D. a – a
71. Whenever I set out for________ examination, I always try to avoid crossing________ path of________
woman. A. an – the - a B. an – a – the C. an – the – the D. the – the – a
72. In a wedding ceremony, ________ best man helps________ groom ready for every preparation.
A. the – a B. a – the C. the – the D. a – a
73. People say that________ gift lets________ recipient know how we are thinking of them.
A. the - the B. a – a C. the – a D. a – the
74. Wearing a wedding veil which covers________ head and face is________ 2,000-years-old tradition.
A. a - the B. the - a C. the - the D. a - a
7 5 . I n t h e U . S , w h i l e r e p r e s e n ts g ô ô d n e s s a n d is u s u a l l y _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ c ô l ô r ô f _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ b r i d e ’ s w e d d i n g d r e s s .
A. a – a B. a – the C. the – a D. the – the
76. Is it acceptable to touch________ person on________ shoulder in a conversation?
A. a - the B. the – the C. the – a D. a – a
77. ________ man should take off his hat when he goes into________ house in the UK.
A. A – the B. A – a C. The – a D. The – the
78. When you stay at________ friend's house, you should write________ thank-you note.
A. a - a B. the - a C. a - the D. the - the
79. Christmas Eve is________ best time for Japanese youngsters to go out for________ special, romantic
evening. A. a - a B. the - a C. the – the D. a - the
80. ________ Japanese manage not to ask direct questions in order not to embarrass________ person
who they are speaking with.
A. A - the B. A - a C. The - the D. The - a
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
81. People believe that if they borrow money at a beginning of the year, they will have to be in
debt for the rest of that year. A B C D
82. In traditional Indian families, the parents used to arranging the marriage for their children.
A B C D
83. It is common for Japanese to adapt foreign customs and make them their own.
A B C D
84. In Viet Nam, at the dinner table, you should serve the adults the first and then the children.
A B C D
85. If you make the wish, then blow out all the candles on your birthday cake in one breath, your
wish will be granted. A B C D
86. No one is the happiest than the bride and groom on the day of their wedding.
A B C D
87. On first day of the Lunar New Year, Vietnamese people go to the pagoda to pray for the best luck
of the year. A B C D
88. For American people, success means ending their career in the highest and more prosperous
position than when they began it. A B C D
89. Superstitions exist everywhere on this planet; however, Viet Nam and Asia alike can be the more
superstitious than other continents. A B C D
90. In Viet Nam, gifts for brides and grooms are usually in pairs; for example, two less expensive
blankets are more desired than the nicer one. A B C D MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 057
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges.
91. X : “ H a v e y ô u h e a r d ? M a r ti n a nd L is a h a v e j u s t g ô t e ng a g e d ! " Y : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A . Re a l l y ? T h a t’s f a nt a s ti c! B. Congratulations!
C . L e t’s ce l e b r a te ! D. Good luck!
92. X : “ We l l , B r a d P it t a nd A ng e l in a J ô l ie h a v e j u s t d e cid e d tô d ivô r ce ! Dô n' t yô u k n ow?"
Y : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” A . I cô u l d n’ t a g r e e m ô r e . B. Oh, thanks!
C. Really? Are you kidding? D. No, not right now.
93. X : “ Wh a t a b e a u ti fu l w e d d in g d r e s s y ô u a r e w e a r in g tô d a y , Da is y ! " Y : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I'm sorry to hear that. B. Thank s , it ’s ni ce ô f y ô u tô s a y s ô .
C. Don't mention it. D. Thanks for your gift!
94. X : " L e t’s g ô a nd ch e e r f ô r th e ir h a p p in e s s tô d a y ! " Y : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. No, thanks. B. Have a go, please. C . T h a t’s a g ô ô d id e a ! D. I t’s tô ô l a te .
95. X : “ Wh y d ô n’t w e m a k e a ca k e f ô r M ô m ô n M ô th e r ’s Da y ?" Y : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A . S u r e , l e t’s p l a n ô n i t. B . T h a nks , I ’d l ô v e tô .
C. To make her happy. D. G r e a t! I ’d l ike s ô m e f l ô w e r s .
96. X : ” Wh a t g ifts s h ô u l d I b r in g t ô a d in ne r p a r t y in V ie t Na m ?" Y : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _”
A . I d ô n’t ca r e . B. You should arrive on time.
C. Dress casually. D. Just some fruits or cakes.
97. X : “ I ’m a fr a id I ca n' t cô m e tô y ô u r h ô u s e -warming party next Saturday." Y : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. That sounds fun. B. Oh, what a pity! C . T h a t’s r id ic ulous. D. Oh, what a relief!
98. X: "Thank you very much for coming to our wedding!" Y : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Our pleasure! Happy wedding! B. Our pleasure! Good success!
C . Dô n’t m e nt iô n i t. G ô a h e a d ! D. Dô n’t m e nt iô n i t. J u s t m y l u ck !
99. X : “ T h a nk y ô u very much for the lovely flowers!" Y : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. You are welcome. B. You don't like flowers, do you?
C . Y e a h , I d id n’t b u y th ô s e f l ô w e r s . D. It was an excellent choice.
100. X : “ P e te r a nd I a r e g ô in g tô s p e nd ô u r h ô ne y m ô ô n i n J e j u I s l a nd ! " Y : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. It's fine for me. B. Oh, thanks. Good luck!
C. Have you decided yet? D. Oh, really? Have a nice holiday!
101. X: "I love watching Carnival in Rio de Janeiro. What about you?" Y : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. You're welcome. B. Thanks, I will. C. Me too. D. Me either.
102. X : " G u e s s w h a t? M a r y ’s g e tt in g m a r r ie d ne x t w e e k . ” Y : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A . I s s h e r e a l l y ? T h a t’s in te r e s ti ng . B. What a pity!
C. Congratulations! D. Send my regards to her, will you?
103. X : " Dô n’t fô r g e t t ô b a r g ain when buying things in an open- a ir m a r k e t i n Vie t Na m ! ”
Y : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I don't agree. B. Thanks, I will. C. Why not? D. No way
104. X : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” Y : " Y ô u 'd b e tt e r s h a k e h a nd s f ir m l y . ”
A. What topics should I talk about when I first meet a Turkish?
B. What gifts should I give to a Turkish?
C. What should I do when I first meet a Turkish?
D. What about asking a Turkish about their age?
105. X : " Wô u l d y ô u l ike tô s ta y w it h u s a nd s p e nd ô u r tr a d it i ô na l T e t h ô l id a y s tô g e th e r ?”
Y : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. What a nice idea! Thanks. B. Oh, lucky you C. What a shame, I will. D. How come?
Part V. READING
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer
to each of the questions.
INTERNATIONAL GIFT-GIVING CUSTOMS
The tradition of gift giving is a worldwide practice that is said to have been around since
the beginning of human beings. Over time, different cultures have developed their own gift giving
customs and traditions. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 058
In France, the gift of wine for the hostess of a dinner party is not an appropriate gift as the
hostess would prefer to choose the vintage for the night. In Sweden, a bottle of wine or flowers are
an appropriate gift for the hostess. In Viet Nam, a gift of whisky is appropriate for the host, and
some fruit or small gifts for the hostess, children or elders of the home. Besides, gifts should never
be wrapped in black paper because this color is unlucky and associated with funerals in this
country. Gifts that symbolize cutting such as scissors, knives and other sharp objects should be
avoided because they mean the cutting of the relationship. Also, in some countries you should not
open the gift in front of the giver and in others it would be an insult if you did not open the gift.
Beyond the gift itself, give careful consideration to the manner in which it is presented.
Different cultures have different customs regarding how a gift should be offered - using only your
right hand or using both hands, for example. Others have strong traditions related to the
appropriate way to accept a gift. In Singapore, for instance, it is the standard to graciously refuse a
gift several times before finally accepting it. The recipient would never unwrap a gift in front of the
giver for fear of appearing greedy.
Understanding these traditions and customs, as well as taking time to choose an appropriate
gift, will help you to avoid any awkwardness or embarrassment as you seek to build a better cross-
cultural relationship.
106. When did the tradition of gift-giving become popular all over the world?
A. a long time ago B. thousands of years ago
C. since the beginning of humans D. since the beginning of industrialization
107. Which of the following is NOT true about gift-giving customs?
A. In France, wine is not considered a suitable gift for the hostess of a dinner party.
B. In Sweden, it is not customary to bring some wine or flowers when you are invited to a
dinner party.
C . In Viet Nam, such things as scissors, knives and other sharp objects shouldn't be used as a gift.
D. In Singapore, it is unacceptable to open the gift right in front of the giver.
1 0 8 . T h e p h r a s e “ associated with" is closest in meaning to_______.
A. connected with B. familiar with C. informed of D. similar to
109 . T h e w ô r d “ it" in paragraph 3 refer to_______.
A. consideration B. manner C. gift D. culture
110. Which of the following is the main idea of paragraph 3?
A. The people who are presented with gifts B. The traditions of giving and receiving gifts
C. The occasions of giving and receiving gifts D. The manners of giving and receiving gifts
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
Marriage is an ancient religious and legal practice celebrated around the world. However, wedding
customs vary from country to country.
The Wedding Dress: In many countries, it is customary for the bride to wear a white dress as a
symbol of purity. The tradition of wearing a special white dress only for the wedding ceremony
started around 150 years ago. Before that, most women could not afford to buy a dress that they
would only wear once. Now, bridal dresses can be bought in a variety of styles. In some Asian
countries and in the Middle East, colors of joy and happiness like red or orange other than white
are worn by the bride or used as part of the wedding ceremony,
The Wedding Rings: In many cultures, couples exchange rings, usually made of golf or silver and
worn on the third finger of the left or right hand, during the marriage ceremony. The circular shape
of the ring is symbolic of the couple's eternal union. In Brazil, it is traditional to have the rings
e ng r a v e d w it h th e b r id e 's na m e ô n t h e g r ô ô m ’s r in g , a n vice v e r s a .
Flowers: Flowers play an important role in most weddings. Roses are said to be the flowers of love,
and because they usually bloom in June, this has become the most popular month for weddings in
many countries. After the wedding ceremony, in many countries the bride throws her bouquet into
a crowd of well-wishers – usually her single female friends. The person who catches this bouquet
will be the next one to marry.
Gifts: In Chinese cultures, wedding guests give gifts of money to the newly-weds in small red
envelopes. Money is also an appropriate gift at Korean and Japanese wedding. In many Western
countries, for example in the U.K, wedding guests give the bride and groom household items that MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 059
they may need for their new home. In Russia, rather than receiving gifts, the bride and groom
provide gifts to their guests instead.
With the continued internationalization of the modern world, wedding customs that originated in
one part of the world are crossing national boundaries and have been incorporated into marriage
ceremonies in other countries.
111. Which of the following is the best title of the passage?
A. Wedding ceremonies B. Wedding customs C. Wedding day D. Wedding history
1 1 2 . T h e tr a d i ti ô n ô f w e a r in g a s p e cia l d r e s s ô nl y ô n ô ne ’s w e d d in g d a y is _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. about 150 years ago B. over a century ago
C. less than 100 years ago D. less than 200 years ago
113. In some cultures, the bride wears a white dress as a traditional symbol of_______.
A. modesty B. secrecy C. purity D. security
114. In some Asian and Middle Eastern countries, which colour is NOT considered to be suitable for
a wedding? A. red B. orange C. white D. blue
1 1 5 . T h e p h r a s e “ eternal union" in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to_______.
A. never-ending relationship B. lovely relationship
C. temporary relationship D. healthy relationship
1 1 6 . T h e w ô r d “ this" in paragraph 4 refers to which of the following?
A. role B. love C. June D. rose
117. According to the passage, in which country would the wedding guests give the bride and
groom money as a present?
A. Brazil B. the U.K C. China D. Russia
118. Which of the following information is TRUE according to the passage?
A. Nowadays, every bride can afford to buy a wedding dress to wear only once.
B . I t i s b e l ie v e d th a t a ny pe r s ô n w h ô ca tch e s th e b r id e ’s b ô u q u e t w il l b e th e ne x t t ô m a r r y .
C . I t i s cu s tô m a r y tô w r it e th e g r ô ô m 's na m e ô n th e b r id e ’s w e d d in g r in g .
D. Thanks tô g l ô b a l iz a ti ô n, ô ne cô u nt r y ’s w e d d in g cu s tô m s m a y b e a d d e d tô ô t h e r c ô u nt r ie s ’.
Exercise 11. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
CULTURE SHOCK
Many people dream of living in a foreign country. It can be an amazing experience for those
(1 1 9 )_ _ _ _ _ _ _ a r e w il l in g tô s e tt l e d ô w n in a ne w p l a ce . (1 2 0 )_ _ _ _ _ _ _ , th e r e ’s ô ne p ô te nt ia l p r ô b l e m you should be aware of: culture shock. Culture shock is the feeling we get from living in a place that
is so different to where we grew up that we are not sure (121)_______ to deal with it. Societies are
(122)_______ in many different ways. Customs and traditions can be very different and that can
sometimes make it difficult to get on with local people who might not approve (123)_______ things
you do and might object to things you say. You might be banned from doing things in another
country that are perfectly legal in your own. For example, in Singapore people can be forced to
(124)_______ a large fine just for dropping rubbish. Eventually, though, most people who live abroad
fall in love with their adopted country and learn to accept its differences.
119. A. who B. which C. what D. whose
120. A. Therefore B. However C. Although D. Moreover
121. A. what B. when C. how D. why
122. A. organize B. organizing C. organization D. organized
123. A. of B. with C. on D. off
124. A. spend B. waste C. pay D. borrow
Exercise 12. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
COMMON SUPERSTITIONS
There are many strange superstitions in the world. The most common one is related to black
cats, (12 5 )_ _ _ _ _ _ _ a r e th e s ô u r ce ô f h u n d r e d s ô f u nl u ck y s u p e r s ti ti ô ns . I t’s a s ig n ô f b a d l u ck (126)_______ they walk in front of you or you step on their tails. They even bring bad luck into a
house if they sneeze inside! This superstition dates (127)_______ to the Middle Ages when they
became associated with witches and evil spirits. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 060
Another common superstition is about walking under a ladder. A more (128)_______
explanation can be traced back to ancient Egypt. The (129)_______ Egyptians believed that the shape
o f th e P y r a m id s h a d a s p e ci a l p ô w e r . I t w a s cô n s id e r e d v e r y b a d l u ck tô b r e a k th e “ p ô w e r ” ô f t h is s h a p e a nd th a t’s e x a ctl y w h a t w a l k in g u nd e r a l a d d e r w ô u l d d ô !
In addition, in Roman times, people (130)_______ the habit of looking at themselves in pools
of w a te r . S ô m e b e l ie v e d th a t t h e s e r e fl e ctiô ns w e r e in f a ct “ g l i m p s e s ô f th e s ô u l ” . A ny d is r u p ti ô n tô the water in the pool would bring bad luck to the person looking in it. This superstition lives on
with the fear of bad luck from breaking a mirror.
125. A. which B. who C. when D. where
126. A. although B. because C. if D. unless
127. A. on B. in C. back D. for
128. A. mystery B. mysterious C. mysteriously D. mysteries
129. A. late B. recent C. past D. early
130. A. had B. took C. raised D. became
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 13. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
131. The American are less formal in addressing their bosses than the South Korean.
A. The South Korean are less formal in addressing their bosses than the American.
B. Both the American and the South Korean have the same formality in addressing their bosses.
C. The South Korean are more informal in addressing their bosses than the American.
D. The South Korean are more formal in addressing their bosses than the American.
132. Nothing is more precious than happiness and health.
A. Happiness and health are the most precious things.
B. Happiness is more precious than health.
C. Health is more precious than happiness.
D. Happiness and health are more and more precious.
133. I’ve never seen such a nice bouquet of wedding flowers.
A . T h is b ô u q u e t ô f w e d d in g f l ô w e r s is th e ni ce s t th a t I’v e e v e r m a d e .
B. This is the nicest bouquet of wedding flo w e r s th a t I’v e e v e r s e e n.
C. I ’ve never seen the nicest bouquet of wedding flowers so far.
D. Nô th in g I ’v e s e e n i s ni c e r th a n t h is b ô u q u e t ô f w e d d in g f l ô w e r s .
134. Ice-hockey is one of the most popular sports in Russia.
A. In Russia, ice-hockey is more popular than any other sports.
B. In Russia, no sport is more popular than ice-hockey.
C. In Russia, no sport is less popular than ice-hockey.
D. In Russia, one of the most popular sports is ice-hockey.
135. Tet holiday is the most interesting Vietnamese traditional festival that he’s ever attended.
A . T e t h ô l i d a y i s m ô r e i n t e r e s t i n g t h a n t h e V i e t n a m e s e t r a d i t i ô n a l f e s t i v a l t h a t h e ’ s e v e r a t t e n d e d .
B. He has never attended a more interesting Vietnamese traditional festival than Tet holiday.
C. He has attended many interesting Vietnamese traditional festival including Tet holiday.
D . T e t h ô l i d a y i s ô n e ô f t h e m ô s t i n te r e s t i n g V i e t na m e s e t r a d i t i ô n a l fe s t i v a l h e ’s e v e r a t te n d e d .
136. There are more superstitious beliefs in Eastern countries than in Western ones.
A . We s t e r n cô u nt r ie s d ô n’t h a v e f e w e r s u p e r s ti t iô u s b e l ie fs th a n E a s t e r n ô ne s .
B. Eastern countries have more superstitious beliefs than Western ones.
C. Eastern and Western countries have many more superstitious beliefs.
D. More superstitious beliefs exist in Western countries than in Eastern ones.
137. Pho (rice noodles) is believed to be the most typical food in Viet Nam.
A. It is believed that Pho (rice noodles) is the most typical food in Viet Nam.
B. A more typical food than Pho (rice noodles) is believed in Viet Nam.
C. I believe that Viet Nam has the most typical food like Pho (rice noodles).
D. No food in Viet Nam is less typical than Pho (rice noodles).
138. I have never read a better book about cultural diversity I have ever read.
A. This book is a good book about cultural diversity I have ever read. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 061
B. This is the best book about cultural diversity I have ever read.
C. This book is as good as the one about cultural diversity I have ever read.
D. The book a b ô u t cu l t u r a l d ive r s it y I h a v e e v e r r e a d is n’t b e tt e r th a n t h is ô ne .
139. Money is more important than prestige to some Americans.
A. Some Americans like prestige more than money.
B. Money is of greater importance to some Americans than prestige.
C. Money and prestige are of equal importance to some Americans.
D. Money is less preferable to some Americans than prestige.
140. There were more guests at my cousin’s wedding than expected.
A . We d id n’t e x p e ct fe w e r g u e s t s tô a tt e nd m y cô u s in ’s w e d d in g .
B. We e x p e cte d tô r e ce iv e m ô r e g u e s ts a t m y cô u s in ’s w e d d in g .
C . F e w e r g u e s ts ca m e tô m y cô u s in ’s w e d d in g th a n w e e x p e ct e d .
D. M ô r e g u e s ts ca m e tô m y cô u s in ’s w e d d in g th a n w e e x p e ct e d .
___________THE END___________
TOPIC 8. Learning style
I. VOCABULARY:
01. access /’ækses/ n/v Tr u y c a ̣ p
02. application /æ pl i’k e i ʃn/ n Ư ́ ng du ̣ ng
03. concentrate / ’k ɔnsntreit/ v Ta ̣ p tr u ng
04. device / di’va i s / n Th ie ́ t b ị
05. digital / ’did ʒitl/ n Kĩ thu a ́ t sô ́
06. disadvantage /dis ә d’v a : nt id ʒ/ n N h ư ơ ̣ c đie ̉ m
07. educate / ’ed ʒu:keit/ v Gia ́ ô du ̣ c
08. educational /ed ʒ u : ’k e i ʃnl/ a Th u ô ̣ c g ia ́ ô du ̣ c
09. fingertip / ’f i ŋg әtip/ n Đa ̀ u ng ô ́ n t a y
10. identify / a i’de nt if a i / v X a ́ c định
11. improve / im’pr u : v / v C a ̉ i thi e ̣ n
12. instruction / ins ’t r k ʃn/ n Hư ơ ́ ng da ̃ n
13. native / ’ne i t iv / a Ba ̉ n ng ư ̃
14. portable / ’p ɔ:t әbl/ a Ma ng va ́ c đư ơ ̣ c
15. software / ’s ɔfwe әr/ n P h a ̀ n me ̀ m
16. syllable / ’si l әbl/ n A m t ie ́ t
17. technology / t e k ’n ɔl әd ʒi/ n C ô ng ng h e ̣
18. touch screen /t t ʃ skri:n/ n Ma ̀ n c a ̉ m ư ́ ng
19. voice recognition /v ɔis rek ɔ g ’ni ʃn/ ph N h a ̣ n da ̣ ng g iô ̣ ng nô ́ i
II. PRONUNCIATION: The voiced consonants of /b/ /v/ / / /d/ /z/
III. GRAMMAR: 1. The Relative Clauses: Defining, Non-defining Clauses
2. Relative Pronouns
IV. PRACTICE TEST:
Unit 8. NEW WAYS TO LEARN
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in
position the of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
01. A. digital B. personal C. excellent D. electric
02. A. similar B. symbolic C. effective D. eternal
03. A. successful B. cognitive C. different D. wonderful
04. A. efficient B. exciting C. distracting D. portable
05. A. convenient B. permanent C. attractive D. important
06. A. modernize B. organize C. indicate D. continue
07. A. graduate B. develop C. consider D. enable
08. A. concentrate B. benefit C. understand D. mobilize
09. A. introduce B. stimulate C. recognize D. emphasize MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 062
10. A. exercise B. volunteer C. calculate D. interview
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
11. Personal________ devices are useful for learning.
A. electric B. electrical C. electronic D. electronical
1 2 . T h e y ’r e e x ce l l e nt l e a r ni ng _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . Y ô u ca n s tô r e in fô r m a ti ô n, ta k e nô te s , w r it e e s s a y s a nd d ô calculations. A. equipments B. tools C. gadgets D. techniques
13. In English class yesterday, we had a discussion________ different cultures.
A. around B. about C. for D. from
14. Mrs. Dawson said that we were________ our lesson in the library next Monday.
A. having B. making C. reading D. going
1 5 . I r e a l l y d ô n’t _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ th e p ô in t ô f ta k in g t h e e x a m w h e n yô u a r e nô t r e a d y f ô r it .
A. take B. have C. mind D. see
1 6 . I f th e e x a m in e r ca n’t_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ s e ns e ô f y ô u r w r it in g , y ô u ’ l l g e t a l ô w m a r k .
A. take B. bring C. make D. understand
17. I would prefer to go to university and do a________ in International Studies, rather than start work.
A. certificate B. result C. degree D. qualification
1 8 . M y d a d w a nt s m e tô g ô u ni v e r s it y , b u t I’m in _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ m in d s a b ô u t i t.
A. my B. two C. some D. different
19. Most computers have enough________ to store a vast amount of information.
A. database B. document C. memory D. word processor
2 0 . Y ô u ca n’t g e t i nt ô t h e I nt e r ne t u nl e s s y ô u r cô m p u te r h a s a (a n)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. access B. terminal C. web page D. modem
21. Many people only use their computer as a________. All they do is to write letters and reports on it.
A. word processor B. template C. document D. spreadsheet
22. The World Wide Web is made up of millions of________ created by anybody from multi-media
corporations to ordinary people like you and me.
A. newsgroups B. chat-rooms C. users D. sites
23. On the web you can read________ newspapers or magazines; you can watch videos, download
music or buy anything.
A. virtual B. online C. digital D. offline
24. When I first started learning English ten years ago, I could hardly________ a word - " h e l l ô ” , “ g ô ô d b y e ” , “ th a nk y ô u ” w a s j u s t a b ô u t i t!
A. speak B. talk C. say D. tell
25. I went to classes two evenings a week and I was surprised at how quickly I________ progress.
A. had B. made C. did D. produced
26. I________ a lot of new language from speaking with my host family and with other students from
all over the world.
A. picked up B. took up C. made up D. saved up
27. Helen is much more confident with her English now. She can actually________ a conversation with
her teacher in English without difficulty.
A. keep B. do C. improve D. hold
28. If you're not sure what something means, ________ in your dictionary or use your electronic
dictionary for help. A. check up B. look up C. translate D. interpret
29. Whenever you hear a new word that you think is important, ________ in your notebook.
A. keep it down B. put it down C. write it down D. spell it down
30. She had to________ her First Certificate Exam three times.
A. study B. take C. make D. do
31. I'm________ for my English test tomorrow.
A. focusing B. meditating C. remembering D. revising
32. He'll have to________ and work harder or he'll fail the exam.
A. pull his socks up B. polish his head
C. empty his washing basket D. stick his neck out MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 063
33. Sally always hands in her homework on time and buys the teacher small presents. The other
children hate her. She's such a________.
A. teacher's toy B. teacher's jewel C. teacher's pet D. teacher's sweet
34. Electronic devices are bad for your eyes, and________ from electronics could harm your body and
cause permanent damage.
A. wave B. radiation C. radiator D. emission
35. Like children elsewhere, children in the US have greatly benefited________ modern technology.
A. of B. from C. in D. with
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
36. You can download free lessons and put them in your media player or other similar mobile
devices. Then you can listen and study anywhere because these devices are portable.
A. affordable B. available C. feasible D. carriable
37. Personal electronic devices which distract students from their classwork are banned in most
schools. A. forbid B. prohibit C. divert D. neglect
38. Permanent damage to children's body may be caused by frequent contact with electronic
devices. A. Immediate B. Long-lasting C. Short-term D. Serious
39. If your smartphone rings in class, it will be very annoying and disruptive.
A. interruptive B. supportive C. discouraging D. confusing
40. For very young children, electronic devices may help promote listening and speaking skills.
A. advertise B. popularize C. discourage D. improve
41. Students who have access to inappropriate information, videos and pictures may spend many
hours reading and watching, and forget about their projects or assignments.
A. fascinating B. tempting C. unsuitable D. illegal
42. People whose work involves using a computer for most of the day may suffer from chronic
headaches. A. suggests B. includes C. means D. contains
43. One advantage of learning going digital is that students no longer have to carry the weight of
papers and textbooks with them to school.
A. online B. electric C. computer-based D. modernized
44. An interactive whiteboard is an electronic device that helps students learn English in a more
stimulating way. A. interest-arousing B. performance-enhancing
C. communication-promoting D. proficiency-raising
45. This new invention is useful in the classroom because it can engage students and provide them
with opportunities to communicate meaningfully.
A. pull B. attract C. encourage D. participate
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
46. In my country, it is compulsory to go to school between the ages of five and sixteen.
A. necessary B. essential C. optional D. selective
47. Do you think that you pay enough attention in class? What have I been talking about?
A. neglect B. care C. notice D. consideration
48. Electronic dictionaries are now common in English classes. They can be very easily downloaded
into your personal electronic devices.
A. individual B. public C. private D. possessive
49. Being able to use computers and the Internet can lead to an improved quality of life.
A. increased B. enhanced C. promoted D. deteriorated
50. It seems unthinkable today not to provide children with a decent education.
A. sufficient B. adequate C. deficient D. proper
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
5 1 . “ Wh ô 's th a t ô v e r th e r e ?" - "Oh, it's our new teacher, _______ just started work today."
A. that B. who he C. which he D. who
52. "Which CD did you get Marcus in the end?" – "I got him the one_______ said he really wanted to
hear." A. that B. who he C. whose D. which he MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 064
5 3 . “ Wh ô d id y ô u s e nd a V a l e nt in e 's c a r d tô ?" - "I'm not telling you, but it was someone_______ name
b e g in s w it h “ B ” . ” A . w h ic h B. who her C. whose D. whose her
54. "Have you seen Jason Green's latest film?" – "Is tha t t h e ô ne in _ _ _ _ _ _ _ j ô in s th e F B I ?”
A. which he B. that he C. whom he D. which
5 5 . " Wh y d ô y ô u l ike T a ni a s ô m u ch ?” – “ We l l , s h e 's ô ne ô f th e fe w p e ô p l e tô _ _ _ _ _ _ _ I ca n r e a l l y t a l k . "
A. which B. whom C. that D. who
5 6 . " Wh y d ô n' t w e g ô tô L iô ne l 's fô r d in ne r tô ni g h t?” - “ I s th a t th e ne w r e s ta u r a nt _ _ _ _ _ _ _ h a s j u s t opened on the other side of town?"
A. which B. where C. that it D. which it
57. "Could you lend me some money?" – "I'd like you to give me one good reason_______ I should."
A. that B. which C. why D. who
5 8 . “ Wh a t d ô y ô u w a nt tô d ô t h is s u m m e r ? ” – “ I th in k w e s h ô u l d g ô s ô m e w h e r e _ _ _ _ _ _ _ h a s p l e nt y ô f
sun and sand." A. who B. where C. when D. that
59. Smartphones, laptops and tablets are the modern devices_______ have changed the way we think.
A. what B. 0 C. whose D. that
60. Students use smartphones to record their phone calls, _______ they later share with the class.
A. 0 B. that C. which D. whose
61. A tablet is perfect for people_______ work is to draw and write.
A. who B. 0 C. which D. whose
62. You can access the Internet, download programs and information_______ can help you
understand the material and widen your knowledge.
A. what B. that C. 0 D. who
63. There are sites_______ you can record your own voice and listen to yourself.
A. where B. when C. that D. which
64. My teacher, _______ has been teaching for 25 years, finds it hard to make use of electronic devices
in her teaching. A. she B. who she C. who D. whose
65. That media player, _______ I often use to practise my English, has some great apps.
A. 0 B. that C. what D. which
66. The interactive whiteboard involves students directly in work in front of the board, _______ most
of them love. A. that B. 0 C. which D. whose
67. Qualifications are exam results_______ prove you have reached a certain level.
A. which B. 0 C. that D. Both A and C
68. In the USA, a public school is a state school, _______ is run by the government and is free to attend.
A. that B. which C. who D. 0
69. This is the book in_______ Foster describes his experience of the war.
A. that B. what C. where D. which
70. Isn't that Tim, the boy_______ father owns a huge yacht?
A. whose B. his C. which D. that
71. Tina gave her ticket to the concert to John, _______ then sold it to Nick.
A. which B. he C. who D. whom
7 2 . “ Wh ich c in e m a d id y ô u g ô t ô ?” – “ T h e ô ne _ _ _ _ _ _ _ th e y d ô n' t s e l l a ny pô p c ô r n! "
A. which B. where C. whom D. who
73. That's the actor_______ autograph I got last year.
A. whose B. who C . w h ô ’s D. whom
74. The book_______ she's most famous is Dance of the Dinosaur.
A. in that B. to whom C. for which D. that
75. Student social life revolves around the Student Union, _______ is the large yellow building
opposite the library. A. 0 B. which C. that D. it
76. Mr Forbes teaches a class for students_______ native language is not English.
A. which B. who C. whose D. those who
77. I have just found the book_______.
A. you were looking for B. which you were looking
C. for that you were looking D. you were looking
78. I don't understand the assignment_______ the professor gave us last Monday.
A. which B. that C. 0 D. All are correct MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 065
79. Students_______ get below-average exam results do not have the best prospects.
A. whose B. who C. 0 D. All are correct
80. I live in a dormitory_______ residents come from many countries.
A. where B. which C. in where D. whose
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
81. Before I came to England, I hadn't had the opportunity to speak to people their native tongue
is English. A B C D
82. No one has said anything would persuade me to change my mind.
A B C D
83. The woman sitting on the red chair is the person to who you must give this envelope.
A B C D
84. There are some teachers in our school try to improve the quality of teaching by making use of
hi-tech devices. A B C D
85. Modern children, who lives have become more and more dependent on electronic devices,
find the traditional way of teaching very dull and boring. A B C D
86. Smartphones and tablets which can be used as effective learning tools for children.
A B C D
87. What is the name of the girl that her mobile phone was stolen?
A B C D
88. A tablet is a mobile computer is also useful for language learning.
A B C D
89. Those want to improve their English can download free digital lessons from the Internet to
study.
A B C D
90. Mr. Peterson who has worked for the same school all his life, is retiring next month.
A B C D
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following
exchanges.
9 1 . “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” _ “ I t m e a ns g ô v e r y q u ick l y . ”
A . H ô w ca n yô u e x p l a in " r u s h ” ? B . H ô w d ô y ô u s p e l l “ r u s h ” ?
C . Wh a t d ô e s " r u s h ” m e a n? D. Wh a t i s th e e q u iva l e nt ô f “ r u s h ” ?
9 2 . “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” – “F ô r ” a ns w e r s th e q u e s ti ô n " H ô w l ô n g ” a nd “ S i nce ” a ns w e r s th e q u e s ti ô n
“ Wh e n" .
A . Wh a t a r e th e m e a ni ng s ô f “ fô r ” a nd “ s in ce ” ?
B . Wh a t' s th e d iff e r e nce b e tw e e n “ fô r ” a nd “ s in ce ” ?
C . H ô w tô s e e th e d iff e r e nce b e tw e e n “ fô r ” a nd “ s in ce ” ?
D. H ô w s im il a r a r e “ fô r ” a nd “ s in ce ” ?
9 3 . “ S ô , S v e n, y ô u 've b e e n l e a r ni ng E ng l is h f ô r t e n ye a r s . T h a t' s a l ô ng ti m e . ” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Yes, so what? I want to keep learning until I can hold a conversation like a native speaker.
B. It's none of your business! I want to keep learning until I can hold a conversation like a
native speaker.
C. I suppose it is, but I want to keep learning until I can hold a conversation like a native speaker.
D. Well, look at yourself first. I want to keep learning until I can hold a conversation like a
native speaker.
9 4 . “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” - "I think you must have the wrong number. There's no one of that name here."
A. Could I speak to Donald, please? B. Hi, who is that?
C. Hello. Is Martin speaking, please? D. A and C are correct.
9 5 . “ Dô y ô u m in d if I m a k e a p h ô ne ca l l ?” –“ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Yes, of course. The phone's in the hall. B. No, of course not. The phone's in the hall.
C. It's my pleasure. The phone's in the hall. D. Never mind. The phone's in the hall.
9 6 . “ S h a l l I r in g y ô u l a te r ?" – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. No, you won't. Have you got my mobile number? MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 066
B. Yes, you will. Have you got my mobile number?
C. Yes, but I may be out. Have you got my mobile number?
D. No, I won't be home. Have you got my mobile number?
9 7 . “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” - " N ô , it 's a l l r e p e a ts a g a in . Wh y ca n' t th e y m a k e s ô m e ne w p r ô g r a m s fô r a ch a ng e ?”
A. Is there anything worth watching on the TV tonight? B. What's on TV tonight?
C. What's up tonight on TV? D. Is there a program on to watch tonight?
9 8 . “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” – “ I l ike tô m a k e nô te s d u r in g t h e l e ctu r e s . "
A. Do you like lectures?
B. Which do you prefer: listening to lectures or reading books?
C. Is recording the lecture a good idea?
D. How do you prefer to learn from lectures: making notes or recording?
9 9 . “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” - “ N ô , I d ô n' t l i v e i n a n E n g l is h -speaking country, so it's difficult for me to meet them."
A. Is it important to meet English speakers?
B. Do you ever have any contact with English speakers?
C. Do you like living in an English-speaking country?
D. Is it hard for you to meet English speakers?
1 0 0 . " I d ô n' t s u p p ô r t t h e u s e ô f s m a r tp h ô ne s a nd ta b l e ts in th e cl a s s r ô ô m s . ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Me, too. B. I don't, either. C. Me, neither. D. B and C are correct.
1 0 1 . “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” - " I h a te it , b u t I h a v e tô d ô it . ”
A. How do you feel about learning English? B. How do you learn English?
C. Is English important in your country? D. Is English easy to learn?
102. "I think electronic devices do wonders for language learners." – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I couldn't agree more B. You're absolutely night.
C. Sure, I agree with you. D. All are correct.
1 0 3 . “ H i, Sa r a h . Wh a t a r e y ô u s tu d y in g ?" - " E n g l is h , We h a v e a te s t t ô m ô r r ô w ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
"Thank you. I'm going to need it!"
A. Oh, really? B. Oh, good luck! C. Oh, lucky you. D. Oh, luckily.
1 0 4 . “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” – “ I ’m a fr a id nô t. C a n yô u e x p l a in it a g a in ?"
A. Does it make sense to you? B. Do I make myself understood?
C. Do you see what I mean? D. All are correct.
105. "May I use your tablet for a while, pleaser" – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. No way, it cost a fortune! B. I'm so sorry, I'm using it myself.
C. Stay away from it! D. No, it's busy now.
Part V. READING
Exercise 8. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
A POWERFUL INFLUENCE
There can be no doubt at all that the Internet has made a huge difference to our lives. Parents
are worried that children spend too much time playing on the Internet, hardly (106)________ doing
anything else in their spare time. Naturally, parents are curious to find out why the Internet is so
attractive, and they want to know if it can be (107)________ for their children. Should parents be
worried if their children are spending that much time (108)________ their computers?
Obviously, if the children are bent over their computers for hours, (109)________ in some game,
instead of doing their homework, then something is wrong. Parents and children could decide how
much use the child should (110)________ of the Internet, and the child should give his or her
(111)________ that it won't interfere with homework. If the child is not (112)________ to this
arrangement, parents can take more drastic (113)________. Dealing with a child's use of the Internet is
not much different from (114)________ any other sort of bargain about behavior. Any parent who is
seriously alarmed about a child's behavior should make an appointment to (115)________ the matter
with a teacher. Spending time in front of the screen does not (116)________ affect a child's performance
at school. Even if the child is (117)________ crazy about using the Internet, he or she is probably just
going through a phase, and in a few months there will be something else to worry about!
106. A. always B. rarely C. never D. ever
107. A. harming B. harmful C. hurting D. hurtful MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 067
108. A. staring at B. glancing at C. looking D. watching
109. A. supposed B. occupied C. involved D. absorbed
110. A. do B. have C. make D. create
111. A. word B. promise C. vow D. claim
112. A. holding B. sticking C. following D. accepting
113. A. rules B. procedures C. regulations D. steps
114. A. dealing B. negotiating C. having D. arranging
115. A. speak B. discuss C. talk D. debate
116. A. possibly B. necessarily C. probably D. consequently
117. A. absolutely B. more C. quite D. a lot
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer
to each of the questions.
WHAT IS YOUR LEARNING STYLE?
If you find yourself learn better by making notes during the lecture, or when the teacher
uses a new word, you want to see it written immediately, then you are very likely to be a more
visual learner. You prefer to see the written words. You learn by reading and writing. Visual
learners often think in pictures. If you find a particular task or text difficult, look for sources that
will suit your learning style, e.g. sources with illustrations, charts, tables, or videos.
If you prefer recording the lecture and listening again to taking notes, or you memorize
something by repeating it aloud instead of writing it out several times, you are probably a more
auditory learner. You prefer to learn by listening and speaking. Auditory learners often learn best
from lectures, discussions, by reading aloud, and by listening to audio material.
However, it is probably that you, like most people, learn through a mixture of styles.
Sometimes you may prefer to learn by reading, at other time by listening. Ask yourself which is the
best style for the particular task you are doing.
118. Which of the following is probably NOT preferred by a visual learner?
A. reading aloud B. sources with illustrations C. sources with videos D. making notes
119. What does the word "it" in paragraph 1 refer to?
A. the lecture B. the new word C. the note D. the written word
1 2 0 . T h e w ô r d “ visual ” in p a r a g r a p h 1 is closest in meaning to________.
A. picturesque B. written C. illustrative D. seeable
121. Which of the following statement is TRUE?
A. Auditory learners hate taking notes. B. Auditory learners prefer listening to speaking.
C. Most people are auditory learners.
D. When learning something by heart, an auditory learner prefers reading it out loud.
122. The word "auditory ” in p a r a g r a p h 2 ca n b e b e s t r e p l a ce d b y _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. discussive B. noisy C. audible D. recordable
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
BECOMING AN EFFECTIVE STUDENT
Learning how to study effectively is an essential skill for students in any discipline. There
are six areas which are crucial to developing good study habits. Work on these and you will become
an effective student.
Targets: Always set a realistic work target. Don't try to do too much. For example, plan to read one
chapter of a book each evening rather than think about reading the whole book over the weekend.
This kind of detailed, planned target is more effective than a vague commitment. It is sometimes
helpful to tell your friends about your plan. This is a good incentive to keep you on target because
they will know if you fail!
Rewards: Develop a system of small rewards for your work. For example, stop for a cup of coffee
or tea, or listen to a favorite piece of music after one hour's study, Rewarding yourself for keeping
to your work plan will make you feel good about yourself.
Timing: Make sure you choose a suitable time to study, i.e. when it is quiet and when you are most
alert. Try to make this a regular, time-tabled part of your day. If you plan to start work at a certain
time, say 7 pm, do not find reasons to put off getting started. You can watch a DVD later, and your
emails are not urgent! MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 068
Quantity: A large task such as researching a new topic for an essay can be daunting - so daunting,
in fact, that it can be difficult to sit down and make a start. Break the larger task down into several
smaller ones. For example, make a list of questions that you will have to deal with in your essay,
and then approach each question separately. This makes the work more manageable.
Notes and Learning styles: The books you are studying won't always present information in a way
that suits your learning style. It is, therefore, worthwhile spending time making notes and
organizing them in a way that suits you best. It is also a good idea to keep your notebooks neat and
well-organized. This will make it much easier to retrieve information later.
Revision: Don't leave revision until the last moment. When you set your study targets, allow regular
revision time. This is much more effective than trying to cram before an exam.
123. How does the writer think you can develop good study habits?
A. By setting a realistic work target B. By planning and considering your learning style
C. By revising your work on a regular basis D. By taking into account six important areas
124. Why is it a good idea to tell other people about your work plan?
A. They can help you develop a detailed target.
B. They will be very helpful with your plan.
C. They will know if you do not stick to your plan, which motivates you to reach the target.
D. They will know how to help you avoid failing.
1 2 5 . Wh ic h ô f th e f ô l l ô w in g w ô r d s is cl ô s e s t i n m e a ni ng tô th e w ô r d “ vague ” in p a r a g r a p h 2 ?
A. unrealistic B. inefficient C. unclear D. impractical
126. Timing includes all of the following EXCEPT_______.
A. you must be able to think clearly at the chosen time to study
B. the best time to study is 7 p.m. C. the time to study should be made a routine
D. don't delay getting started
127. How can a complicated piece of work be made easier?
A. Try to sit down and make a start anyway. B. Make a list of questions beforehand.
C. Divide the large task into manageable smaller segments.
D. Manage the tasks one by one.
1 2 8 . T h e w ô r d “ daunting ” in p a r a g r a p h 5 is cl ô s e s t i n m e a ni ng tô w h ich ô f t h e f ô l l ô w in g ?
A. frightening B. demanding C. challenging D. discouraging
129. What is NOT the benefit of keeping good class or lecture notes?
A. The information is tailored to your learning style.
B. It enables you to find information quickly when needed.
C. The information is favorably organized to your liking.
D. You do not need to spend time on the books you are studying.
130. The most suitable phrase to replace the word "cram ” in th e l a s t p a r a g r a p h is ________.
A. study hard in a short time B. stay up late to study
C. revise hastily D. revise overnight
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 11. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
131. Electronic dictionaries are now common in English classes. They can be very easily downloaded
into your personal electronic device.
A. Electronic dictionaries which can be very easily downloaded into your personal electronic
device are now common in English classes.
B. Electronic dictionaries, which can be very easily downloaded into your personal
electronic device, are now common in English classes.
C. Electronic dictionaries, that can be very easily downloaded into your personal electronic
device, are now common in English classes.
D. Electronic dictionaries can be very easily downloaded into your personal electronic
device are now common in English classes.
132. Electronic devices are bad for your eyes. Their radiation is very harmful.
A. Electronic devices that their radiation is very harmful are bad for your eyes.
B. Electronic devices which their radiation is very harmful are bad for your eyes. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 069
C. Electronic devices, whose radiation is very harmful, are bad for your eyes.
D. Electronic devices whose radiation is very harmful are bad for your eyes.
133. Electronic devices distract students from their studies. Students may play games, text, chat, and cheat.
A. Electronic devices distract students, who may play games, text, chat, and cheat, from their studies.
B. Electronic devices distract students who may play games, text, chat, and cheat from their studies.
C. Electronic devices distract students from their studies, who may play games, text, chat, and cheat.
D. Electronic devices distract students from their studies who may play games, text, chat, and cheat.
134. They may feel sad and bad about themselves. This might affect their performance at school.
A. They may feel sad and bad about themselves, this might affect their performance at school.
B. They may feel sad and bad about themselves which might affect their performance at school.
C. They may feel sad and bad about themselves, which might affect their performance at school.
D. They may feel sad and bad about themselves, that might affect their performance at school.
135. Nearly all speed reading courses have a “pacing element”. This timing device lets the students
know how many words a minute they are reading.
A . Ne a r l y a l l s p e e d r e a d in g cô u r s e s h a v e a “ p a ci ng e l e m e nt ” w h ich is a ti m in g d e v ice l e ts th e students know how many words a minute they are reading.
B . Ne a r l y a l l s p e e d r e a d in g cô u r s e s h a v e a " p a cin g e l e m e nt ” w h ich is a ti m in g d e v ice th a t lets the students know how many words a minute they are reading.
C. Nearly all speed reading courses have a "pacing element", a timing device that lets the
students know how many words a minute they are reading.
D. Nearly all speed reading courses have a "pacing element", that is a timing device that lets
the students know how many words a minute they are reading.
136. Now go back and read them at what you feel to be your normal w.p.m rate. You can comfortably
understand at this rate.
A. Now go back and read them at what you feel to be your normal w.p.m rate, the rate which
you can comfortably understand.
B. Now go back and read them at what you feel to be your normal w.p.m rate the rate at
which you can comfortably understand.
C. Now go back and read them at what you feel to be your normal w.p.m rate, the rate which
you can comfortably understand at.
D. B and C are correct.
137. Some students prefer a strict teacher. This teacher tells them exactly what to do.
A. Some students prefer a strict teacher, who tells them exactly what to do.
B. Some students prefer a strict teacher who tells them exactly what to do.
C. Some students prefer a strict teacher, that tells them exactly what to do.
D. All are correct.
138. Many devices offer apps. These apps use voice recognition technology.
A. Many devices offer apps whose use voice recognition technology.
B. Many devices offer apps, which use voice recognition technology.
C. Many devices offer apps which use voice recognition technology.
D. Many devices offer apps in which use voice recognition technology.
139. This is my new tablet. It uses the latest digital technology.
A. This is my new tablet that uses the latest digital technology.
B. This is my new tablet which uses the latest digital technology.
C. This is my new tablet, which uses the latest digital technology.
D. This is my new tablet, that uses the latest digital technology.
140. Most children aged 5 to 11 in England go to primary schools. These schools are largely co-educational.
A. Most children aged 5 to 11 in England go to primary schools, which are largely co-educational.
B. Most children aged 5 to 11 in England go to primary schools which are largely co-educational.
C. Most children aged 5 to 11 in England go to primary schools that are largely co-educational.
D. Most children aged 5 to 11 in England go to primary schools where are largely co-educational.
__________THE END___________
TOPIC 9. preservation
I. VOCABULARY: MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 070
01. aquatic / ә ’k wætik/ a Th u ô ̣ c nư ơ ́ c
02. article / ’a : t ik l / n Ba ̀ i b a ́ ô
03. chemical / ’k e mi k l / n Hô ́ a c h a ́ t
04. confuse /k ә n’f j ʊ/ v N h a ̀ m l a ̃ n
05. confusion /k ә n’f j ʊʒn/ n S ư ̣ l a ̀ m l a ̃ n
06. consumption /k ә n’s mp ʃn/ n S ư ̣ tie u thu ̣
07. contaminate /k ә n’tæmineit/ v La ̀ m ô nh ie ̃ m
08. damage / ’dæmid ʒ/ v La ̀ m h a ̣ i, h ô ̉ ng
09. deforestation /dif ɔ r i’ s t e i ʃn/ n P h a ́ r ư ̀ ng
10. degraded / di’g r e idid / a Gia ̉ m c h a ́ t l ư ơ ̣ ng
11. deplete / di’pl i: t / v S u y ye ́ u , c a ̣ n
12. depletion / di’pl i: t ʃn/ n S ư ̣ suy y e ́ u
13. destruction / di’st r k ʃn/ n S ư ̣ ph a ́ h u ̉ y
14. ecosystem / ’ik ә ʊsi:t әm/ n He ̣ sin h th a ́ i
15. editor / ’e dit әr/ n Bie n t a ̣ p vie n
16. fertilizer /f з:t әlaiz әr/ n P h a n b ô ́ n
17. g l ô b a l w a r ming / ’g l ә ʊbl-w з:mi ŋ / h ie ̣ n t ư ơ ̣ ng a ́ m l e n t ô a ̀ n c a ̀ u
18. f ô s s il f u e l / ’f ɔ s l ‘ f j ʊ ә l / na ng l ư ơ ̣ ng ( nhie n l ie ̣ u ) h ô ́ a t h a ̣ c h
19. pô l a r ic e m e l t ing / ’p ә ʊl ә r a i s ‘ me l t i ŋ / ( ph ) sư ̣ ta n b a ng ơ ̉ đị a c ư ̣ c
20. influence / ’inf l u әns/ n/v A ̉ nh h ư ơ ̉ ng
21. inorganic /in ɔ ’gænik/ a V ô c ơ
22. long-term /l ɔ ŋ- ’t з:m/ a V e ̀ l a u da ̀ i
23. mass-media /mæs- ‘mi:di ә/ n Đa tr u y e ̀ n t h ô ng
24. pesticide / ’pe s t is a i d/ n Th u ô ́ c tr ư ̀ sa u
25. pollute /p ә ’l u : t / v O nh ie ̃ m
26. pollutant /p ә ’l u : t әn/ n C h a ́ t ô nh ie ̃ m
27. pollution /p ә ’l u : ʃn/ n S ư ̣ ô nh ie ̃ m
28. preserve / pr i’z з:/ v Ba ̉ ô tô ̀ n
29. preservation / pr i’z з:vei ʃn/ n S ư ̣ b a ̉ ô tô ̀ n
30. protect /pr ә ’t e k t / v Ba ̉ ô ve ̣
31. protection /pr ә ’t e k ʃn/ n S ư ̣ b a ̉ ô ve ̣
32. sewage / ’su: w id ʒ/ n N ư ơ ́ c tha ̉ i
33. solution /s ә ’l u : ʃn/ n Gia ̉ i ph a ́ p
34. vegetation /ved ʒ ә ’t e i ʃn/ n Th ư ̣ c va ̣ t
II. PRONUNCIATION: The voiced consonants of /ʒ/ / d ʒ/ /g/ /l/ /m/
III. GRAMMAR: 1. Reported Speech: Statement, Questions
2. Reported Speech: with gerunds and infinitives
IV. PRACTICE EXERCISE:
Unit 9. PRESERVING THE ENVIRONMENT
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
01. A. disposal B. animal C. energy D. poverty
02. A. awareness B. solution C. importance D. happiness
03. A. origin B. dependence C. harmony D. factory
04. A. replacement B. pollutant C. resident D. depletion
05. A. instrument B. engineer C. newsletter D. family
06. A. vehicle B. musical C. article D. reduction
07. A. consumption B. chemical C. neighborhood D. pesticide
08. A. scientist B. consequence C. detergent D. influence
09. A. erosion B. atmosphere C. resources D. confusion
10. A. volunteer B. charity C. vegetable D. injury MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 071
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
11. If you ask me, _________ waste is a much bigger problem than ordinary household waste.
A. industrial B. business C. working D. manufacturing
12. Do you know what CFC_________?
A. sets in B. does up C. stands for D. gets down
1 3 . T h e r e ’s b e e n a _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ in G e r m a ny a nd a v il l a g e w a s cô m p l e te l y d e s tr ô y e d .
A. flood B. drizzle C. shower D. smog
14. Dinosaurs have been________ for millions of years.
A. endangered B. extinct C. threatened D. disappeared
15. As town grow, they tend to destroy the surrounding________ areas.
A. urban B. commercial C. land D. rural
16. During the last hundred years we have done great________ to the environment.
A. injury B. pollution C. damage D. hurt
17. There are lots of things we can all do to________ the environment.
A. enhance B. protect C. make D. build
18. Environmentalists are furious with the American Government for delaying measures which will
reduce greenhouse gas________.
A. exhaust fumes B. smokes C. wastes D. emissions
19. The government is introducing strict new rules on the dumping of________ by industry.
A. pesticides B. exhaust fumes. C. toxic waste D. emissions
20. Farmers contribute to environmental damage by spraying________ with________, which stay in the
soil for years. A. agriculture – pesticides B. agriculture - fertilizers
C. crops – fertilizers D. crops - pesticides
21. The gradual rise in the Earth's temperature is known as________.
A. greenhouse effect B. global warming C. ozone layer D. acid rain
22. The________ that are produced by factories and cars are allowing more________ from the sun to
reach earth. A. gases – radiation B. gases - light C. gas – light D. gas - radiation
23. As the Earth gets hotter, the Arctic and Antarctic________ will slowly melt and the level of the
oceans will rise. A. snowballs B. avalanches C. ice caps D. icebergs
24. There will be________ , too. Some areas will become wetter while others will become much drier.
A. weather changes B. weather forecasts C. climatic changes D. climate changes
25. Thousands of acres of forest are being cut down every year and the________ of many animals are
being destroyed.
A. natural resources B. natural habitats C. ways of life D. living surroundings
26. Many of the world's largest cities are________ and some are permanently covered by a________.
A. heavily polluted - polluted cloud B. heavy pollution - polluted cloud
C. heavy pollution - cloud of pollution D. heavily polluted - cloud of pollution
27. Make sure your car runs on unleaded petrol and your home uses sources of________ energy.
A. recycling B. reused C. renewable D. recyclable
28. Scientists have found holes in the________, particularly over Antarctica.
A. ice caps B. polar ice C. ozone layer D. greenhouse
29. Greenpeace is an international group that protests against anything which is a________ to the
environment. A. threat B. threaten C. threatening D. threatener
30. If government don't________ global warming, more natural disasters will occur.
A. achieve B. promote C. discourage D. prevent
31. There's has been a steady rise in the average temperature around the planet over the last
hundred years or so, and the majority of scientists put it________ to human activity.
A. down B. back C. up D. across
32. However, some scientists argue that the historical evidence shows that over time the Earth
heats________ and cools________ naturally.
A. up - away B. away - down C. up-down D. down - up
33. It is predicted that over the next few decades many species will die________ as once fertile areas
turn to desert. A. off B. out С . u p D. down MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 072
34. Most of the air pollution results________ the burning of fossil fuels, motor vehicles, factories,
aircraft and rockets. A. in B. to C. on D. from
35. Environmental pollution is becoming an________ serious problem that needs to be taken care of
as soon as possible.
A. increasingly B. increasing C. increase D. increased
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
36. We are facing severe environmental pollution despite the fact that many world organizations
are working hard to reduce it.
A. heavy B. destructive C. harmful D. serious
37. Water pollution is a result of dumping pollutants such as detergents, pesticides, oil, and other
chemicals in rivers, which makes the water unclean.
A. substances B. stuffs C. contaminants D. wastes
38. Stop the degradation of the planet's natural environment and build a future in which humans
live in harmony with nature.
A. coexist peacefully with B. fall in love with C. agree with D. cooperate with
39. WWF was set up in 1961 and had its operations in areas such as the preservation of biological
diversity. A. difference B. abundance C. variety D. plenty
40. The seashore was much polluted because of the amount of waste left there. All this rubbish is
killing fish and other marine life.
A. sea plants B. sea mammals C. water life D. sea creatures
41. In 1986, the organization changed its name to World Wide Fund for Nature. However, it has
operated under the original name in the US and Canada.
A. old B. former C. first D. ancient
42. Some of WWF's missions are: conserving the world's biological diversity, ensuring the use of
renewable natural resources, and promoting the reduction of pollution.
A. jobs B. careers C. tasks D. actions
43. Air pollution is a consequence of fossil fuel burning by motor vehicles, factories, aircraft and
rockets. A. product B. example C. harm D. result
44. The natural environment has been seriously influenced and degraded by human activities
through many decades.
A. worsened B. damaged C. destroyed D. reduced
45. Global warming is the gradual increase of temperature on the Earth's surface due to
greenhouse effect. A. steady B. slow C. sharp D. abrupt
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
46. Fresh water is very important to life because no one can live without it. Yet it is one of the
limited and most endangered natural resources on our planet.
A. Clean B. Drinkable C. Polluted D. Running
47. One way to protect our environment from pollution is to reduce wasteful consumption.
A. costly B. excessive C. safe D. economical
48. If you follow at least one of the tips, you can be proud of taking part in the preservation of water,
one of the very important and limited natural resources on earth.
A. self-confident B. self-satisfied C. discontent D. unpleasant
49. Soil pollution leads to lack of fertile land to grow enough food for an increasing population.
A. arid B. rich C. unclean D. deserted
50. Global warming may lead to many negative changes, including harsher weather conditions.
A. more unbearable B. milder C. more extreme D. more serious
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
5 1 . " I 'm a b ig f a n ô f U 2 3 . ” De r e k s a id . De r e k s a id h e _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ a b ig f a n ô f U 2 3 .
A. was B. has been C. were D. had been
52. "We're watching TV," said the twins. The twins said they_________ TV.
A. watched B. were watching C. have been watching D. had watched MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 073
5 3 . “ Y ô u 've b e e n a nn ô y in g m e a l l d a y ! " m y m u m s a id . M y m u m s a id I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ h e r a l l d a y .
A. annoyed B. was annoying C. have been annoying D. had been
annoying
5 4 . " T h e d ô g a te m y h ô m e w ô r k ! ” s a id I v a n. I v a n s a id th e d og_________ his homework.
A. was eating B. has eaten C. ate D. had eaten
55. "At one o'clock, I was having lunch," said Molly. Molly said she_________ lunch at one o'clock.
A. had been having B. has had C. is having D. has been having
56. "You'll get wet without an umbrella," Dad said. Dad said I_________ wet without an umbrella.
A. will be getting B. got C. would be getting D. would get
57. "He can juggle five balls!" said Angie. Angie said he_________ five balls.
A. juggled B. had juggled C. would juggle D. could juggle
5 8 . “ Y ô u m u s t g ive m e y ô u r e s s a y s , " M r s . Vine said. Mrs. Vine said we_________ give her our essays.
A. were having to B. would have to C. had to D. must
5 9 . “ C ô u l d y ô u p a s s m e th e s a l t, p l e ase?" I asked the man next to me.
Tasked the man next to me_________ me the salt.
A. pass B. if he passes C. to pass D. if he would pass
60. "Would you mind waiting for a moment?" the shop assistant asked the woman.
The shop assistant asked the woman_________ for a moment.
A. to wait B. waiting C. if she waits D. if she minds waiting
6 1 . “ P l e a s e d ô n' t l e a v e y ô u r d ir ty f ô ô tb a l l b ô ô ts in th e h a l l , " M u m s a id tô D ô u g .
Mum told Doug_________ dirty football boots in the hall.
A. that he doesn't leave his B. not to leave his C. not to leave your D. don't leave his
62. "Could you tell us where you were at six o'clock?" the police officer asked Barry.
The police officer asked Barry_________ had been at six o'clock.
A. telling him where you B. where he tells him he
C. to tell him where you D. to tell him where he
63. "Could I have your e-mail address?" I asked Mariella. I asked Mariella_________ e -mail address.
A. to give me her B. give me your C. give me her D. gave me your
64. "Can I have a new Xbox for my birthday?" I asked my mum.
I asked my mum_________ a new Xbox for my birthday.
A. that she gets me B. get me C. to get me D. if she could have me
65. "What's your name?" she asked me. She asked me_________.
A. what your name is B. what your name was
C. what my name is D. what my name was
66. "Are you a student?" the man asked the boy. The man wanted to know_________.
A. if I was a student B. if the boy was a student
C. if I am a student D. if the boy is a student
67. "What school are you going to?" he asked me. He wanted to know_________.
A. what school am I going to B. what school you are going to
C. what was the school I go to D. what school I was going to
68. "I won't be home this evening because I have to work late," Mike said. Mike said that_________.
A. I wouldn't be home this evening because I had to work late
B. he wouldn't be home this evening because he had to work late
C. he won't be home this evening because he has to work late
D. he wouldn't be home that evening because he had to work late
69. "You can sit here," the stewardess said. The stewardess said_________.
A. you can sit here B. I could sit here C. I could sit there D. you could sit there
7 0 . “ A nn a l e ft h e r e a n h ô u r a g ô , " s h e s a id . She told me that_________.
A. Anna had left here an hour ago B. Anna had left there an hour ago
C. Anna had left here an hour before D. Anna had left there an hour before
71. "I don't want anything to eat now," he said. He said_________.
A. he doesn't want anything to eat now B. he didn't want anything to eat then
C. I didn't want anything to eat then D. I didn't want anything to eat now
7 2 . “ I 've ô nl y had this new bicycle since yesterday," Karen said. Karen said that_________.
A. I had only had this new bicycle since yesterday MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 074
B. he had only had that new bicycle since the day before
C. I had only had this new bicycle since the day before
D. he's only had that new bicycle since the day before
73. "Don't waste water, Mum said to Mary. Mum told Mary_________.
A. that she doesn't waste water B. to waste water
C. don't waste water D. not to waste water
74. "You shouldn't use your cars for short distances, the teacher said.
The teacher advised her students_________.
A. that you shouldn't use your cars for short distances
B. not to use their cars for short distances
C. not to use your cars for short distances
D. not to use her cars for short distances
75. "I'll finish it by the end of this week," he said. He promised_________.
A. he'll finish it by the end of this week B. he would finish it by the end of this week
C. to finish it by the end of that week D. to finish it by the end of this week
76. "Don't forget to turn the tap off before you leave." Grandma said____________.
Grandma reminded me_________.
A. to turn the tap off before I left B. turn the tap off before you left
C. don't forget to turn the tap off before I left D. to turn the tap off before you left
77. Dorothy asked him_________. Sarah was his sister.
A. that B. if C. what D. who
78. Tom and Henry asked me to go with_________.
A. him B. their C. them D. they
79. I asked Martha_________ to join the Green Club.
A. whether she is planning B. if she was planning
C. when was she planning D. where she was planning
80. Bob wanted to know when_________.
A. will the exam be taken B. the exam will be taken
C. would the exam be taken D. the exam would be taken
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C. or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
81. Tim called yesterday and said he needed the report right now.
A B C D
82. Sally called from Miami and said that she was swimming here.
A B C D
83. They complained that there isn't any fresh water in the local area.
A B C D
84. Rosy said that she will come back there on another project the following year.
A B C D
85. Tony promised that he would do his homework today.
A B C D
86. Clarence said he couldn't have repaired the car the next day.
A B C D
87. Mr Jones told his children not to wasting fresh water.
A B C D
88. The teacher asked his students to focus on your topic.
A B C D
89. Sally suggested to go to school by bicycle in order to save energy.
A B C D
90. Harry offered lending a hand with keeping the school environment clean.
A B C D
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following
exchanges. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 075
91. "Why don't we have a look at some websites for more information about the environment?" –
" _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Yes, thanks. B. Yes, why not? C. It's my pleasure. D. Do we?
92. "____________" - "By bus."
A. What did you take to get there? B. Did you get there by motorbike?
C. How long did it take you to get there? D. How did you get there?
9 3 . " H i, J a ck . " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” - "Not bad. And you?"
A. How's everything? B. What's everything? C. What do you do? D. How do you do?
9 4 . " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” - "That's a good idea."
A. What about recycling water for gardening? B. Sorry, can I say something?
C. Glad to work with you. D. Excuse me, I want to add something.
95. "Shall I empty the dustbin?" – " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Make yourself at home. B. Nice to meet you!
C. It's very nice of you to do so. D. Long time no see.
96. "Can I borrow your notes, please?" – " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Well done! B. No, thanks. C. Yes, sure. D. Yes, I can.
97. "Would you like to join this Green Project with us?" - " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Yes, I would B. Why not? C. I'd love to D. It doesn't matter.
98. "Where should we start with the project?" – " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I never mind. B. I'm glad to hear that.
C. Oh, that would be great. D. What about searching the webs?
99. "Hi, John. Congratulations!" – " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I'm sorry. B. Thank you. C. My pleasure. D. You're welcome.
100."Excuse me! Where is the recycling center?" – " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Let me see. B. I'm not sure. C. Hold on, please. D. It's over there.
101. Thanks for doing that." - " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. It's my pleasure B. Don't say that. C. Not at all. D. It's nice of you
102. "How long will the meeting last?" – " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Half past ten. B. Since early morning.
C. Once a week, usually. D. An hour or so, I expect.
1 0 3 . " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” - "I'm going to make a table."
A. Why is this recycled wood used? B. How is this recycled wood used?
C. What's this recycled wood for? D. Whose is this recycled wood?
1 0 4 . " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” - "It was very sunny and hot. We had a bit of a heat-wave.
A. Did you enjoy your holiday? B. How was the wave?
C. What was the weather like there? D. How was the beach?
105. "Could you do me a favor, please?" – " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Let me help you. B. Sure. What can I do for you?
C. No, thanks. I'm fine. D. Yes, go ahead!
Part V. READING
Exercise 8. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or correct word that best fits each
of the numbered blanks.
GLOBAL WARMING
Few people now question the reality of global warming and its effects on the world's climate.
Many scientists (106)_______ the blame for recent natural disasters on the increase in the world's
temperatures and are convinced that, more than (107)_______ before, the Earth is at (108)_______
from the forces of the wind, rain and sun. (109)_______ to them, global warming is making extreme
weather events, such as hurricanes and droughts, even more (110)_______ and causing sea levels all
around the world to (111)_______.
Environmental groups are putting (112)_______ on governments to take actions to reduce the
amount of carbon dioxide which is given (113)_______ by factories and power plants, thus attacking
the problems at its source. They are in (114)_______ of more money being spent on research into
solar, wind and wave energy devices, which could then replace existing power (115)_______.Some
scientists, (116)_______, believe that even if we stopped releasing carbon dioxide and other gasses MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 076
into the atmosphere tomorrow, we would have to wait (117)_______ hundred years to notice the
results. Global warming, it seems, is here to stay.
106. A. give B. put C. take D. have
107. A. yet B. never C. once D. ever
108. A. threat B. danger C. risk D. harm
109. A. Concerning B. Regarding C. Depending D. According
110. A. strict B. severe C. strong D. heavy
111. A. raise B. arise C. rise D. lift
112. A. force B. pressure C. persuasion D. encouragement
113. A. off B. away C. up D. over
114. A. belief B. request C. favor D. suggestion
115. A. factories B. generations C. houses D. stations
116. A. but B. although C. despite D. however
117. A. several B. over C. numerous D. various
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer
to each of the questions.
THINK BEFORE YOU TOSS
Countries around the world have growing mountains of trash because people are throwing
out more trash than ever before. How did we become a throwaway society?
First of all, it is now easier to replace an item than to spend time and money to repair it.
Thanks to modern manufacturing and technology, companies are able to produce items quickly and
inexpensively. Products are plentiful and prices are low, so we would rather buy something new
than repair it. Even if we did want to repair something, many items are almost impossible to repair.
These products contain many tiny, complicated parts. Some even contain small computer chips. It's
easier to throw these items away and buy new ones than to fix them.
Another contributing factor is our love of disposable products. As busy people, we are
always looking for ways to save time and make our lives easier. Why should we use cloth kitchen
towels? It's easier to use paper towel once and toss it out. Companies manufacture thousands of
different kinds of disposable items: paper plates, plastic cups, cameras, and razors for shaving, to
name a few. The problem is that disposable products also contribute to our trash problem.
Our appetite for new products also contributes to the problem. We are addicted to buying
things. As consumers, we want the latest clothes, the best TVs, and cellphones with west features.
Companies tell us to buy, buy, and buy. Advertisements persuade us what is better. The result is
that we throw away useful possessions to make room for new ones.
118. Which of the following is NOT a reason for people to replace a broken item?
A. Products are now mass produced at affordable prices.
B. It takes almost no time to fix broken items.
C. Many items are too complicated to repair.
D. Some products contain tiny, complicated chips.
119. All of the following are disposable products, EXCEPT________.
A. cloth kitchen towels B. paper plates C. plastic cups D. razors for shaving
120. The wo r d “ disposable" in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to________.
A. convenient B. inexpensive C. throwaway D. single-use
121. Why are we hooked on buying new things?
A. We throw the old items to make room for the new ones.
B. We have more money than ever before.
C. We want to own as many things as possible.
D. We are made to believe that the new is the better.
1 2 2 . T h e w ô r d “ appetite ” in t h e l a s t p a r a g r a p h ca n b e b e s t r e p l a c e d b y _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. need B. demand C. desire D. taste
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
THE BALANCE OF NATURE
All the different plants and animals in a natural community are in a state of balance. This
balance is achieved by the plants and animals interacting with each other and with their non-living MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 077
surroundings. An example of a natural community is a woodland, and a woodland is usually
dominated by a particular species of plant, such as the oak tree in an oak wood. The oak tree in this
example is therefore called the dominant species but there are also many other types of plants, from
brambles, bushes, and small trees to mosses, lichens and algae growing on tree trunks and rocks.
The plants of a community are the producers: they use carbon dioxide, oxygen, nitrogen to
build up their tissues using energy in the form of sunlight. The plant tissues form food for the plant-
eating animals (herbivores) which are in turn eaten by flesh-eating animals (carnivores). Thus,
plants produce the basic food supply for all the animals of a community. The animals themselves
are the consumers, and are either herbivores or carnivores.
Examples of herbivores in a woodland community are rabbits, deer, mice and snails, and
insects such as aphids and caterpillars. The herbivores are sometimes eaten by the carnivores.
Woodland carnivores are of all sizes, from insects such as beetles and lacewings to animals such as
owls, shrews and foxes. Some carnivores feed on herbivores, some feed on the smaller carnivores,
while some feed on both: a tawny owl will eat beetles and shrews as well as voles and mice. These
food relationships between the different members of the community are known as food chains or
food webs. All food chains start with plants. The links of the chain are formed by the herbivores that
eat the plants and the carnivores that feed on the herbivores. There are more organisms at the
base of the food chain than at the top; for example, there are many more green plants than
carnivores in a community.
Another important section of the community is made up of the decomposers. They include
the bacteria and fungi that live in the soil and feed on dead animals and plants. By doing this they
break down the tissues of the dead organisms and release mineral salts into the soil.
123. Which of the following statements is TRUE?
A. All the plants in a wood are eaten by animals.
B. All the animals in a wood depend on plants for their food supply.
C. Plants and animals in a natural community do not interact with their non-living
surroundings.
D. The balance of a natural community means there is no primary species.
1 2 4 . T h e b e s t d e fini ti ô n fô r t h e w ô r d “ dominant" in paragraph 1 is________.
A. having the most important position B. covering the majority of the area
C. providing food for others D. making up the whole community
125. All of the following statements are true, EXCEPT________.
A. some animals eat other animals B. plants depend on the sun to grow
C. plants depend on the gasses in the atmosphere to grow
D. not every food chain starts with plants
126. The word "tissues" in paragraph 2 can be best replaced by________.
A. leaves B. roots C. cells D. trunks
127. Which of the following is NOT an example of carnivores?
A. shrew B. lacewings C. owl D. aphids
128. What makes the links in a food chain?
A. the plants and the herbivores B. the herbivores and the carnivores
C. the carnivores and the decomposers D. the plants and the decomposers
129. Which of the following statements is NOT true?
A. Some animals eat plant-eating animals and also flesh-eating animals.
B. There are more organism at the base of a food chain than at the top.
C. Green plants outnumber carnivores in a food chain.
D. The consumers are at the base of a food chain.
1 3 0 . T h e w ô r d “ organism" in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to________.
A. plants B. animals C. herbivores D. living things
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 11. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
1 3 1 . “ We saw a strange man in the garden," they told their son.
A. They told their son that we had seen a strange man in the garden. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 078
B. They told their son that they had seen a strange man in the garden.
C. They told their son that we saw a strange man in the garden.
D. They told their son that they saw a strange man in the garden.
1 3 2 . “ We're staying in tonight," said Emily.
A. Emily said that we were staying in tonight. B. Emily said that they were staying in tonight
C. Emily said that we were staying in that night. D. Emily said that they were staying in that night.
133. "I've bought a ring," he said to his girlfriend.
A. He said his girlfriend that he had bought a ring.
B. He said his girlfriend that he bought a ring.
C. He told his girlfriend that he had bought a ring.
D. He told his girlfriend that he bought a ring.
134. "We went to work yesterday," she said.
A. She said that they had been to work the day before.
B. She told that they had been to work the day before.
C. She said that they had been to work the following day.
D. She said that she had been to work the day before.
135. "Don't swim out too far, boys," he said.
A. He encouraged the boys not to swim out too far.
B. He advised the boys not to swim out too far.
C. He warned the boys not to swim out too far.
D. He threatened the boys not to swim out too far.
136. "I'm sorry I couldn't come to your birthday party last Friday, Jane," Bod said.
A. Bob is sorry for not coming to Jane's birthday party last Friday.
B. Bob apologizes for not coming to Jane's birthday party last Friday.
C. Bob makes excuses for not coming to Jane's birthday party last Friday.
D. Bob wishes to come to Jane's birthday party last Friday.
137. "Let's go for a walk. We've been working all day , ” s a id J ô a nn a .
A. Joanna suggested going for a walk because they had been working all day.
B. Joanna insisted on going for a walk because they had been working all day.
C. Joanna suggested going for a walk because they have been working all day.
D. Joanna suggested going for a walk because she had been working all day.
138. "You'd better not waste your time, Tommy," Mum said.
A. Mum urged Tommy to waste time. B. Mum advised Tommy not to waste your time.
C. Mum advised Tommy not to waste his time. D. Mum advised Tommy not to waste her time.
1 3 9 . “ I'll take the children to the park," said the husband to his wife.
A. The husband asked the wife to take the children to the park.
B. The husband offered to take the children to the park.
C. The husband insisted on taking the children to the park.
D. The husband requested to take the children to the park.
140."You've broken my CD player, Sam," said Jenny.
A. Jenny charged Sam with having broken her CD player.
B. Jenny charged Sam with having broken his CD player.
C. Jenny blamed Sam for having broken her CD player.
D. Jenny blamed Sam for having broken his CD player.
_________THE END___________
TOPIC 10. ecotourism
I. VOCABULARY:
01. adapt / ә ’dæpt/ v Đie ̀ u c h ỉnh
02. discharge /dist ʃa:d ʒ/ v X a ̉ , t h a ̉ i
03. eco-friendly / i’k ә ʊ- ’ f r e ndl i / a Th a n mô i tr ư ơ ̀ ng
04. ecology / i’k ɔl әd ʒi/ n He ̣ sin h th a ́ i
05. ecotourism / i’k ә ʊt ʊ әriz әm/ n D u l ịc h sin h t h a ́ i
06. entertain /ent ә ’t e in / v Gia ̉ i tr í MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 079
07. exotic / ig ’z ɔtik/ a N g ô a ̣ i, đe ̣ p k ì l a ̣
08. fauna / ’f ɔ:n ә/ n He ̣ đô ̣ ng va ̣ t
09. flora / ’f l ɔ:r ә/ n He ̣ thư ̣ c va ̣ t
10. impact / ’impækt/ n A ̉ nh h ư ơ ̉ ng
11. sustainable /s ә s ’t e in әbl/ a Kh ô ng h a ̣ i, b a ̉ n, b e ̀ n
12. tour-guide /t ʊ әr- ‘g a id/ n HDV du l ịc h
II. PRONUNCIATION: The voiced consonants of /n/ /ŋ/ /r/ /w/ /j/
III. GRAMMAR: 1. Conditional Sentences type 1 2. Conditional Sentences type 2
IV. PRACTICE EXERCISE:
Unit 10. ECOTOURISM
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
01. A. culture B. public C. sustain D. butterfly
02. A. pollution B. coral C. problem D. ecology
03. A. discount B. observe C. safari D. scuba-diving
04. A. relax B. departure C. benefit D. interest
05. A. nature B. manage C. balance D. campfire
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
06. A. suggest B. involve C. travel D. sustain
07. A. natural B. safari C. interest D. benefit
08. A. butterfly B. departure C. tradition D. protection
09. A. environment B. ecology C. sustainable D. beneficial
10. A. ecotourism B. relaxation C. preservation D. disappointed
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A. B. C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
11. You can see different kinds of rare animals in this park.
A. priceless B. half-cooked C. unlimited D. limited
12. If you book tickets early, you can get a discount.
A. award B. prize C. deduction D. bonus
13. A sustainable forest is a forest where trees that are cut are replanted and the wildlife is
protected.
A. pre-tested B. preserved C. reserved D. protested
14. When you take part in an eco-tour, you learn more about the cultural traditions of the local
people and the natural habitat of some rare animals.
A. participate B. conduct C. enjoy D. depart
15. Cutting down trees or hunting wild animals may upset the ecological balance of an area.
A. strengthen B. motivate C. comfort D. disturb
16. Mass tourism may cause numerous problems.
A. bring in B. bring up C. bring about D. bring away
17. I am very much interested in learning more about ecotourism and its benefits.
A. problems B. advantages C. dangers D. issues
18. Ecotourism means travel to areas of natural or ecological interest to observe wildlife and learn
about the environment. A. look at B. look up C. look into D. look down
19. Mass tourism has contributed to the destruction of the environment.
A. organization B. structure C. construction D. devastation
20. A lot of waste from hotels and vehicles is also discharged into the water and air.
A. discussed B. collected C. released D. treated
21. Tourists enjoy the beauty of wildlife without harming it.
A. fostering B. damaging C. protecting D. preserving MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 080
22. To entertain tourists, we have to change our usual foods to suit their tastes or adapt dances and
traditions to suit their needs.
A. satisfy B. enjoy C. attract D. persuade
23. Ecotourism can be beneficial to local people.
A. bad B. good C. different D. meaningless
24. To build hotels, people destroy forests.
A. re-plant B. grow C. wipe out D. protect
25. Ecotourism helps tourists learn how to protect the environment.
A. damage B. change C. adapt D. save
26. Some farmers in the Mekong Delta have attracted hundreds of foreign visitors to their
ecological gardens.
A. appealed to B. refused C. rejected D. turned down
27. Our country's natural and cultural potential for ecotourism is well known.
A. possibility for failure B. possibility for victory C. possibility for loss D. possibility for
achievement
28. Eco tours in our country involve mainly travel to natural places.
A. primarily B. basically C. initially D. roughly
29. Their activities are not based on the ecotourism principles.
A. principals B. rules C. criteria D. points
30. If tourists throw rubbish or break tree branches, they are heavily fined.
A. advanced B. compensated C. penalized in money D. awarded in money
31. Some tourist areas have suffered from some environmental damage.
A. covered B. finished C. taken D. undergone
32. Ecotourism activities have had some negative impacts on the environment and people in the
area. A. influences B. factors C. criteria D. stimuli
33. The worst impact is the massive loss of land.
A. minimal B. tiny C. heavy D. acceptable
34. Ecotourism needs to recruit better educated people, so it won't provide more jobs for the local people.
A. reduce B. offer C. wipe out D. add
35. If tourists leave litter after the picnic, they may cause pollution.
A. drop B. depart C. escape D. disappear
36. Making a campfire requires cutting down trees for firewood.
A. demands B. fosters C. encourages D. prevents
37. Campfires may cause forest fires if they are unattended.
A. focused B. neglected C. looked after D. watched
38. Hunting animals may lead to their extinction.
A. reduction B. imprisonment C. death D. survival
39. Ecotourism is booming and tour operators say this helps nature.
A. decreasing B. declining C. falling D. flourishing
40. Ecotourism is making animals bolder and become less cautious about other animals.
A. careful B. careless C. reckless D. foolish
41. If animals become less careful about other animals, they are at risk of being attacked by their
natural predators.
A. helped B. harmed C. protected D. saved
42. Ecotourism is a unique way for travellers to engage in sustainable tourism while vacationing.
A. disconnect B. promise to marry C. join D. catch
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
43. The United Nations has declared the celebration of the International Day of Ecotourism, to
promote sustainable practices in this growing industry.
A. favour B. raise C. boost D. delay
44. In order for ecotourism to be categorized as successful, it must involve local populations in the program.
A. exclude B. comprise C. engage D. relate
43. Venice has suggested imposing a tax on all visitors to help pay for restoration of the ancient buildings.
A. introducing B. removing C. levying D. lessening MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 081
46. There are 1.6 billion tourists roaming the world, and the impact of tourism can be devastating.
A. disastrous B. nondestructive C. ruinous D. devastative
47. "Green" tourists or "eco-tourists" are upset by the effects of mass tourism.
A. tense B. troubled C. nervous D. relaxed
48. How many people can visit the Galapagos Islands off the coast of Ecuador without affecting the
ecological balance? A. keeping intact B. influencing C. troubling D. causing disturbance
49. It may become necessary for the United Nations to work out international agreements and strict
environmental controls on the tourist industry.
A. tight B. loose C. exact D. accurate
50. Researchers believe tourists disrupt animals in their natural habitat.
A. disturb B. confuse C. organize D. mix up
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
51. If businesses want to protect the environment, they will aid the local community and educating
travellers. A B C D
52. Nowadays, many of us tried to live in a way that will damage the environment as little as
possible.
A B C D
53. Ecotourism must benefits the local people and involve the local community.
A B C D
54. Ecotourism must be sustainable, that is make a profit without destroy natural resources.
A B C D
55. Ecotourism must provide an experiences that tourists want to pay for.
A B C D
56. In a true ecotourism project, a nature reserve allows a small number of tourists to visiting its
rare animals and uses the money that is generated to continue with important.
A B C D
57. The local people have jobs in the nature reserve as guides and wardens and also has a voice in
how the project develops. A B C D
58. Tourists stay in local houses with local people, not in special built hotels.
A B C D
59. Tourists experience the local culture and do not take precious energy and water away from the
locally population. A B C D
60. Tourists travel by foot, by boat, bicycle or elephant so that there is no pollution.
A B C D
61. Ecotourism brings tourists a specially experience that they will remember all of their lives.
A B C D
62. This type of tourism can only involve small number of people so it can be expensive.
A B C D
63. Tourists can apply to the principles of ecotourism wherever they go for their holiday.
A B C D
64. Tourists should learn about the place that they going to visit.
A B C D
65. Have respect for local culture by wearing clothes that will not offend local people and ask them
for permission before you take a photograph. A B C D
66. Remember the phrase "Leave nothing behind you except footprints and taking nothing away
except photographs”. A B C D
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following
questions.
67. If you buy souvenirs made from endangered animals or plants, you________ contribute to making
them become extinct. A. would B. might C. could D. are
68. You________ help the local people if you buy local products whenever possible and pay a fair price
for what you buy. A. could B. would C . w ô u l d n’t D. will MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 082
69. If you want to help, remember________ or use other non-polluting forms of transport whenever you can.
A. to walk B. walk C. walking D. walked
70. Eco-tourists should be flexible and keep a sense of humour when________ things wrong.
A. went B. goes C. go D. going
71. Don't be afraid________ the holiday company about what they do that is 'eco'.
A. about asking B. to asking C. asking D. to ask
7 2 . “ E cô " is v e r y fa s h iô na b l e tô d a y a nd a l ô t ô f h ô l id a y s th a t_ _ _ _ _ _ __ as ecotourism are not much
better than traditional tourism.
A. advertise B. are advertised C. are advertising D. advertising
73. The damage to local communities, customs and crafts that results________ the arrival of huge
groups of tourists. A. to B. from C. in D. for
74. The travel industry should work with local councils and government agencies to agree________
realistic standards for planning and development in tourist areas.
A. upon B. with C. at D. for
75. It may become necessary for the United Nations to work________ international agreements and
strict environmental controls on the tourist industry.
A. against B. on C. with D. out
76. Ecotourism is defined as responsible travel________ natural areas that conserves the
environment and sustains the well-being of local people.
A. about B. in C. to D. for
77. Ecotourism is a booming business________ many tour operators cite as being helpful to nature.
A. who B. that C. whose D. where
78. Every year, millions of people descend________ protected and pristine natural areas to observe
rare species.
A. on B. at C. in D. to
79. A number of reports have cast doubt________ the value of ecotourism.
A. with B. about C. in D. on
80. It's hard to deny that humanity has played a pretty big role in changing nature________ the worse.
A. with B. to C. for D. at
81. There will be some unforeseen consequences to the environment if we________ ecotourism
projects properly. A. didn't manage B. don't manage C. couldn't manage D. wouldn't manage
82. If tourists win the trust of animals, they________ put wild creatures in danger by encouraging
them to relax with their natural predators.
A. will B. would C. could D. had
83. Ecotourism may become popular as people look for ways to get really close________ exotic
wildlife while keeping a clear conscience.
A. at B. in C. to D. with
84. Gorillas and penguins are among the species most susceptible________ ecotourism because they
have a strong tendency to relax in the presence of humans.
A. to B. in C. by D. with
85. As animals________ to feeling comfortable with humans, they may become bolder.
A. will get used B. get used C. got used D. could get used
86. Professor Blumstein says that ecotourism is similar________ domesticating or urbanizing the animals.
A. with B. as C. to D. like
87. Animals' regular interactions with people may lead________ a kind of taming.
A. up B. in C. for D. to
88. Domesticated animals are less responsive________ stimulated predatory attacks.
A. to B. with C. on D. at
89. Animals will take more time to flee from danger if they________ in cities and are bolder.
A. will B. live C. would live D. could live
90. Ecotourism in distant and remote spots around the planet is getting more popular________
tourists and tour guides. A. to B. on C. with D. between
Part IV. SPEAKING MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 083
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following
exchanges. Two friends Nam and Lan are talking about the topic of ecotourism.
91. Nam: "How important is tourism to our country?" Lan : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. More and more companies are advertising about ecotourism.
B. It really helps to create more jobs for a lot of people.
C. Tourism is also an industry.
D. It is hard to develop without learning about tourism.
92. Lan: "Would you like to work in tourism?" Nam : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. The number of tourists to our country is increasing.
B. Everyone wants to be employed.
C. It's always been my dream to work as a tour guide.
D. Being a tour guide, you can lead an interesting life.
93. Nam: "What do you think tourism will be like in the future?" Lan : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I guess there will be various forms of tourism.
B. I've always interested in tourism industry.
C. It's not easy to find a job in tourism these days.
D. More females than males work in tourism industry.
94. Lan: "What do you think of the idea of space tourism?" Nam : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I'm thinking about ecotourism benefits.
B. Space exploration has brought numerous changes.
C. Rich people tend to spend more money on travelling.
D. It might be a profitable industry in the future.
95. Nam : " Dô y ô u th in k e cô t ô u r is m is a g ô ô d i d e a ?” Lan : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Certainly. A lot of people may benefit from this kind of tourism.
B. Ecotourism is getting more and more popular. C. Ecotourism is a hot topic these days.
D. Business people need a good idea to start up.
96. Nam : “ Dô y ô u th in k tô u r is m h e l p s p e ô p l e in th e w ô r l d u nd e r s ta nd e a ch ô th e r ?" Lan : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. It is important for people in the world to understand each other.
B. Wars may end when people understand each other.
C. People need sympathy to understand each other.
D. Definitely. Tourism helps people to get to know more about different cultures.
97. Nam: "Is tourism something that only rich people can take part in?" Lan : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Rich people tend to spend luxurious holidays.
B. Not really. So many cheap holidays are being offered these days.
C. Cheap holidays give you a chance to travel to more places.
D. Places of attractions are always full of visitors.
98. Nam: "What factors affect tourism?" Lan : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Economic factors are always decisive ones.
B. A strong tourism industry brings the country numerous advantages.
C. It is influenced by so many things, such as weather, people, and administrative policies.
D. People need to be professionally trained to work in tourism industry.
99. Nam: "Do you think tourism is bad for the planet?" Lan : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. To some extent, yes, especially when tourists travel by plane.
B. People need to live in a green planet. C. A lot of people want to travel around the planet.
D. We should protect our planet from bad tourism.
100. Nam : “ Wh a t d ô y ô u t h in k a b ô u t t ô u r is ts in ô u r c ô u nt r y ? " Lan : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. There are tourists coming from other countries as well.
B. Our country is a favourite destination for many tourists.
C. The numbers of visitors to our country is increasing.
D. Well, most of them behave appropriately, but some are still very rude.
101. Lan : “ H ô w h a s tô u r is m ch a ng e d ô v e r t h e p a s t fe w d e c a d e s ?” Nam : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Tourism is also considered as an industry.
B. In general, people without skills are at risk of being unemployed.
C. There have been new types of tourism, and tourists have become more responsible.
D. Ecotourism is not always beneficial to the local people. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 084
102. Lan : “ A r e y ô u a g ô ô d a m b a s s a d ô r f ô r ô u r c ô u nt r y 's tô u r is m in d u s tr y ?" Nam : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Tourism industry really needs good ambassadors.
B. I hope so. I've always tried to get more people to know about tourist destinations in our country.
C. A number of people have been chosen as tourism ambassadors.
D. Tourism ambassadors really need to be good at communication skills.
103. Lan: "Which places in our country do visitors e nj ô y v is it in g th e m ô s t?” . Nam : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. It depends. Foreign visitors often like places such as Sa Pa or Ha Long Bay.
B. Our country is famous for many tourist attractions and friendly people.
C. Not all visitors are well-informed about places of attraction.
D. Tourism industry needs to work harder to boost the tourist destinations.
104. Nam : " Wh a t a r e s ô m e ô f th e b e ne fit s ô f g ô i ng a w a y ô n h ô l id a y ?” Lan : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Going away on holiday is getting more and more popular.
B. Ecotourism brings a number of benefits to the local people.
C. It is always expensive if people go to a place of tourist attractions.
D. We may broaden our horizons and experience new cultures.
105. Lan: "Do you always like to go to the same place for yo u r h ô l id a y ?” Nam : “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. It is strange that some people go to the same place again and again.
B. I don't think so. I always like to experience different places.
C. Preference for certain places is still common among a number of tourists.
D. Different places have different attractions.
Part V. READING
Exercise 8. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Ecotourism is booming and many tour operators say this is helpful to nature. Every year,
millions of people visit protected (106)_______ areas to observe rare species. However, a new report
casts doubt (107)_______ this form of tourism. The report, (108)_______ in the journal "Trends in
Ecology and Evolution", suggests that ecotourism damages more than (109)_______ nature.
Researchers believe tourists disrupt animals in their natural (110)_______. They point to a recent
(111)_______ in Costa Rica where turtles had problems laying their eggs because of the many tourists
who had gathered (112)_______ the beach to watch them.
The report says that ecotourism is (113)_______ animals bolder. A human presence makes
animals tamer and less (114)_______ about other animals. This could put them at (115)_______ of
being attacked by their natural predators, so more of them will be killed. The report says that when
a ni m a l s in te r a ct w it h h u m a ns , " th e y m a y l e t ( 1 1 6 )_ _ _ _ _ _ _ th e ir g u a r d ” . T h e r e p ô r t a l s ô s a y s it i s e s s e nt ia l , “ tô d e v e l ô p a m ô r e c ô m p r e h e ns ive u n derstanding of how different species in different
situations (117)_______ to human visitation, and under what precise conditions human exposure
might put them at risk".
106. A. nature B. natural C. naturally D. naturism
107. A. about B. for C. with D. on
108. A. publicized B. publicizing C. published D. publishing
109. A. helps B. help C. helpful D. helpless
110. A. habitable B. habitation C. habit D. habitat
111. A. even B. event C. eventful D. eventual
112. A. over B. in C. on D. to
113. A. making B. changing C. adapting D. altering
114. A. cautiously B. cautiousness C. caution D. cautious
115. A. chance B. risk C. work D. once
116. A. up B. in C. down D. on
117. A. respond B. response C. responsive D. respondent
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer
to each of the questions.
Tourism will always have an impact on the places visited. Sometimes the impact is good, but
often it is negative. For example, if lots of people visit one place, then this can damage the MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 085
environment. The question is - how can we minimize the problems without preventing people from
travelling and visiting places?
The main aim of ecotourism is to reduce the negative impact that tourism has on the
environment and local people. The idea is to encourage tourists to think about what they do when
they visit a place.
It's great to talk about protecting the environment, but how do you actually do this? There
are a number of key points. Tourists shouldn't drop litter, they should stay on the paths, they
shouldn't interfere with wildlife and they should respect local customs and traditions.
Some people see ecotourism as a contradiction. They say that any tourism needs
infrastructure - roads, airports and hotels. The more tourists that visit a place, the more of these
are needed and, by building more of these, you can't avoid damaging the environment.
But, of course, things aren't so black and white. Living in a place of natural beauty doesn't mean
that you shouldn't benefit from things like better roads. As long as the improvements benefit the
local people and not just the tourists, and the local communities are consulted on plans and changes,
then is there really a problem?
In 2002 the United Nations celebrated the "International Year of Ecotourism". Over the past
twenty years, more and more people have started taking eco-holidays. In countries such as Ecuador,
Nepal, Costa Rica and Kenya, ecotourism represents a significant proportion of the tourist industry.
118. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. A brief introduction about ecotourism B. Some Dos for ecotourists
C. Some Don'ts for ecotourists D. Benefits and drawbacks of ecotoursim
119. In paragraph 1, the word "it" refers to________.
A. tourism B. environment C. impact D. damage
120. According to the passage, what does the ecotourism aim at?
A. stopping ecotourism altogether B. reducing the tourism problems
C. preventing tourists from travelling D. finding a new form of tourism
121. According to the passage, which of the following is not mentioned as an activity to protect the
environment? A. not littering B. not interfering with wildlife
C. respecting local customs and traditions D. not hunting animals for food
122. In paragraph 4, the word "avoid" is closest in meaning to________.
A. present B. pretend C. prevent D. protest
123. Which of the following is TRUE about the author's opinion?
A. Building extra infrastructure in ecotourism areas must be prohibited.
B. New infrastructure could be accepted as long as it also helps local people.
C. Tourists are consulted about the plans to build new infrastructure.
D. Governments are consulted about the plans to build new infrastructure,
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
Ecotourism is a unique way for travellers to engage in sustainable tourism while
vacationing. Throughout the years, specific "Eco" organizations, including Eco-resorts, wurs, and
Non-Governmental Organizations, have developed across the globe. This specific type of tourism is
now increasingly becoming one of the more popular, with growth rates increasing every year. The
United Nations, aware of the fact that tourism could be one of the most detrimental activities if not
planned in accordance with the threshold imposed by nature, has declared the celebration of the
International Day of Ecotourism, to promote sustainable practices in this growing industry.
Recently, The Division for Sustainable Development, Small Island Developing States Unit,
decided that in preparation for the International Day of Ecotourism, it would be beneficial to
identify successful practices of ecotourism on small islands. In order for ecotourism to be
categorized as successful, it must meet the following criteria: it must combine natural and cultural
tourism; it must involve local populations in the program, including providing educational
resources to the local community; it must identity, manage, and conserve the natural and cultural
environment, as well as the resources on the island; it must generate practices that will lead to the
future sustainability of the island. If these criteria are followed by an organization, it deserves to be
recognized as successful. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 086
In order to locate these certain organizations, the SIDS Unit started a thoughtful internet
search for ecotourism organizations. The focus was on four different categories: Eco-resorts and
hotels, Eco-tours, Non-Governmental Organizations involved in ecotourism, and Government
Codes of Conduct and Guidelines regarding ecotourism for travellers. Once an Internet-site that
filled the criteria was located, further contact with the organizations was initiated, enabling us to
obtain further information directly from the source. Many of the organizations were delighted to
correspond with us and are eager to show all that their organization has achieved.
The stories presented come from across the globe and vary in success levels. While all of the
organizations engage in practicing ecotourism, some focus in different areas than others. This is
due to a various number of reasons, including the size of an organization, length of time the
organization has been in existence, amount of funding available, and economic/political situations
occurring on the island. However, it is important to recognize that although some ecotourism
organizations are more developed than others, the ultimate goal of sustainable development,
conservation and education through ecotourism remains consistent.
124. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Ecotourism and its related issues B. Sustainable development
C. Environment pollution and its causes D. Job opportunities for local people
125. In paragraph 1, the word "detrimental" is closest in meaning to________.
A. constructive B. destructive C. supportive D. beneficial
126. Why has the United Nations declared the celebration of the International Day of Ecotourism?
A. to raise people's awareness about ecotourism
B. to encourage more people to experience ecotourism
C. to boost sustainable practices in ecotourism D. to stop ecotourism services completely
127. In paragraph 2, the word "categorized" is closest in meaning to________.
A. prioritized B. typified C. examined D. classified
128. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT mentioned as a criterion for successful
ecotourism? A. combination of natural and cultural tourism
B. local populations' involvement in the program
C. conservation of the natural and cultural environment
D. improvement in the infrastructure for more tourist attraction
1 2 9 . I n p a r a g r a p h 2 , t h e w ô r d “ their ” r e fe r s tô _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. organisations' B. travellers' C. hotels' D. guidelines'
130. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT mentioned as a reason for the
differences in organizations' focuses?
A. How big the organization is.
B. How long the organization has been in existence
C. How much money is available to the organization.
D. How much the organization is supported.
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 11. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
131. Eco-travellers have to prevent or minimize any negative impacts on the environment.
A. Eco-travellers are not required to protect the environment.
B. Eco-travellers are encouraged not to have any negative impacts on the environment.
C. It is eco-travellers' responsibility to prevent or minimize any negative impacts on the
environment.
D. Eco-travellers have never had any negative impacts on the environment.
132. Our aim is to provide tourists with the principles of ecotourism throughout their trip.
A. Tourists provide us with the principles of ecotourism throughout their trip.
B. We aim at providing the principles of ecotourism for tourists throughout their trip.
C. We provide ourselves with the principles of ecotourism through our trip.
D. We need more information about the principles of ecotourism for our trip. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 087
133. You should choose your travel provider on the basis of their eco principles and practices before
you go. A. You are advised to choose your travel provider on the basis of their eco principles
and practices before your departure.
B. You are obliged to choose your travel provider on the basis of their eco principles and
practices before your departure.
C. You are required to choose your travel provider on the basis of their eco principles and
practices before your departure.
D. You have to choose your travel provider on the basis of their eco principles and practices
before your departure.
134. It is necessary for you to educate yourself about the destination you are visiting by reading
guidebooks and travel articles.
A. You don't have to educate yourself about the destination you are visiting by reading
guidebooks and travel articles.
B. You aren't required to educate yourself about the destination you are visiting by reading
guidebooks and travel articles.
C. You should educate yourself about the destination you are visiting by reading guidebooks
and travel articles.
D. You may object to educating yourself about the destination you are visiting by reading
guidebooks and travel articles.
135. It is compulsory for the tourists to learn about the vital eco-systems before arriving.
A. Tourists are free to learn about the vital eco-systems before arriving.
B. It is optional for tourists to learn about the vital eco-systems before arriving.
C. Tourists are not required to learn about the vital eco-systems before arriving.
D. Tourists are required to learn about the vital eco-systems before arriving.
Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
136. You can't remove any products from the nature. It is illegal.
A. You can't remove any products from the nature, so it is illegal.
B. Because you can't remove any products from the nature, it is illegal.
C. You can't remove any products from the nature because it is illegal.
D. You can't remove any products from the nature unless it is illegal.
137. You should try to limit the use of natural resources. They are running out in many tourist
destinations.
A. You should try to limit the use of natural resources unless they are running out in many
tourist destinations.
B. Because you try to limit the use of natural resources, they are running out in many tourist
destinations.
C. You should try to limit the use of natural resources, so they are running out in many tourist
destinations.
D. Natural resources are running out in many tourist destinations, so you should try to limit
their use.
138. We don't allow the local people to hunt endangered species for our consumption. They will
become extinct sooner.
A. We don't allow the local people to hunt endangered species for our consumption, so they
will become extinct sooner.
B. If we allowed the local people to hunt endangered species for our consumption, they
would become extinct sooner.
C. We don't allow the local people to hunt endangered species for our consumption unless
they will become extinct sooner.
D. They will become extinct sooner if we don't allow the local people to hunt endangered
species for our consumption.
139. You stay in locally owned accommodation and buy products from local people. You will support
local community.
A. You will support local community if you stay in locally owned accommodation and buy
products from local people. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 10 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 088
B. You will support local community unless you stay in locally owned accommodation and
buy products from local people.
C. You stay in locally owned accommodation and buy products from local people because
you will support local community.
D. You stay in locally owned accommodation and buy products from local people only if you
will support local community.
140. Living areas are damaged or destroyed. They might not be available to future generations.
A. Living areas are damaged or destroyed because they might not be available to future
generations.
B. Living areas are damaged or destroyed, but they might be available to future destroyed.
C. Living areas might not be available to future generations if they are damaged or destroyed.
D. Living areas might not be available to future generations unless they are damaged or
destroyed.
____________THE END___________
Prepared and teach by Đỗ Văn Bình;
Contacts: www.violet.vn/quocbinh72
binhbac72@gmail.com,
dovanbinh.gvlienson@vinhphuc.edu.vn,
www.facebook.com/d.q.binh,
www.twitter.com/d.q.binh,
www.tagged.com/binhdoquoc,
www.binhbac72.wordpress.com
Tel: +84987827866
Đề xuất cho bạn
Tài liệu
33969 lượt tải
16103 lượt tải
9690 lượt tải
8543 lượt tải
7120 lượt tải
154313 lượt xem
115223 lượt xem
103585 lượt xem
81270 lượt xem
79408 lượt xem
